You are on page 1of 269

SERVICE MANUAL

T7.170 / T7.185
T7.200 / T7.210
Tractor

HYDRAULIC - PNEUMATIC - ELECTRICAL - ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - A


ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A
Control Modules (Continued)
FAULT CODES - 50.A

Part number 84561161


English
October 2011
Printed in U.S.A.
Copyright © 2011 CNH America LLC. All Rights Reserved. New Holland is a registered trademark of CNH America LLC.
Racine Wisconsin 53404 U.S.A.
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL,
ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A


HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Steering controller - H1 - Calibration procedures


NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Check that the Ground speed
display is Zero before commencing.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-
nostic socket (1) and start the engine.

BAIL06CCM213AVA 1

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument


cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the fast steer
symbol on the KA controller.

BAIL09CVT791AVA 2

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the


available options:
• "Pro" - proximity sensor
• "Lvdt" - LVDT sensor
• "deF" - adopt the default values
Set the engine speed to 1300 RPM.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 448
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Proximity Sensor Calibration


Select the "Pro" option by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL06CCM638AVA 3

The lower central display will show "O _ _ _" for the steering
wheel in the disengaged position.

BAIL06CCM639AVA 4

Depress and hold the "m" button . When the signal has
been stable for 2 seconds an audible bleep will be heard
and the display will change to "O xxx".
"xxx" is the digital reading of the sensor voltage when the
steering wheel is in the disengaged position.

BAIL06CCM640AVA 5

The lower central display will display "C _ _ _" for the steer-
ing wheel in the engaged position.

BAIL06CCM641AVA 6

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 449
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress and hold the "m" button while the steering wheel
is in the engage position. When the signal has been stable
for 2 seconds an audible bleep will be heard and the display
will change to "C xxx".
"xxx" is the digital reading of the sensor voltage when the
steering wheel is in the engaged position.

BAIL06CCM642AVA 7

After a short delay the display will return to the "H1" menu
display.

Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) Sensor Calibration


Select the "Lvdt" option by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL06CCM643AVA 8

Press the "dimming" button again to activate. The system


will then automatically pilot the solenoid and measure the
LVDT values in both positions and overwrite the default
values.
The lower central display will show a countdown from "5"
as the calibration is being performed. When the calibration
is complete the display will change to "donE".

BAIL06CCM652AVA 9

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 450
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Adopting the Default Values


Select the "deF" option by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL06CCM644AVA 10

Depress and hold the "m" button. After a short delay an


audible beep will be heard to indicate that the calibration
values have reset to their default values.
The lower central display will then show "donE".

BAIL06CCM651AVA 11

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 451
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Steering controller - H2 - View stored calibration


values
H2 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL06CCM653FVB 1

Select the steering sub-system by depressing the “dim-


ming" button.

BAIL06CCM654AVB 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 452
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show “ch _ _"

BAIL09CCM059AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see
the table below for the description of the channel).

Channel Description Default Value Range


Ch 1 Proximity switch open 350 0 to 999
Ch 2 Proximity switch closed 295 0 to 999
Ch 3 LVDT secondary signal 1 open 400 400 to 750
Ch 4 LVDT secondary signal 2 open 500 400 to 750
Ch 5 LVDT secondary signal 1 closed 500 400 to 750
Ch 6 LVDT secondary signal 2 closed 400 400 to 750

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating


through the “HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 453
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Steering controller - H4 - View software revision


level
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL06CCM657FVA 1

Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL06CCM658AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 454
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The display will automatically cycle through the software


release, as the example shown and return to allow naviga-
tion of the "HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM460AVB 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 455
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Steering controller - H5 - Switch operation test


NOTE: This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL06CCM659FVA 1

Select the H5 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL06CCM660AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 456
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show “d _ _"

BVE0047A_569 3

When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and an


audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct func-
tion.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related
wiring, while watching the display or listening for the
audible tone, to help locate the fault.

BRL6067D 4

Identifier Controller Switch / Input Special Requirements


Connector
d117 A1 Enable switch -
d118 C4 Safety switch -
d119 B4 Proximity switch -
d120 - LVDT -

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 457
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Steering controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration


information (EEPROM)
NOTE: This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
NOTE: EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is
no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: In order to change any configuration settings the H3 menu must be used. These settings will be unaffected
by performing an H8 operation.
NOTE: Use the HC menu if it is required to erase all stored error codes without erasing calibration information.

H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL06CCM670FVA 1

Select the H8 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL06CCM671AVA 2

Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the resetting of


the EEPROM.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 458
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01,


then “EE" will be shown to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.

BVE0121A 3

Turn the keystart OFF.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 459
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Steering controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic


NOTE: This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current
circuits.
NOTE: If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL06CCM672FVA 1

Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL06CCM673AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 460
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show “ch _ _"

BVE0780A_573 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.

NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that
shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.

NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.

Chan- Description Module Pin Typical Reading Notes


nel
1 LVDT secondary winding 1 B5 450 to 750
2 LVDT secondary winding 2 B6 450 to 750
3 Proximity sensor B4 50 to 800
4 Electrovalve A6 350 to 500 mA

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 461
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Steering controller - HB - Display stored fault codes


NOTE: This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
NOTE: A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HB Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL06CCM674FVA 1

Select the HB menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL06CCM680AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 462
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show "_ _ _", if no fault codes
are stored.

BAIL06CCM487AVA 3

The lower central display will show "F", if any fault codes
are stored.

BVF1088A 4

The display will then automatically cycle through as the


example:
15010 Fault code
137 Hour of first occurrence
149 Hour of last occurrence
5 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL06CCM488AVB 5

Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault


code in the list.
The lower central display will show “_ _ _" at the end of the
list.

BAIL06CCM487AVA 6

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 463
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating


through the “HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 464
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Steering controller - HC - Clear all stored fault


codes
HC Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL06CCM681FVA 1

NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

BAIL06CCM682AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 465
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show “F CL".

BVE0684A 3

Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing of


the memory.
The display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be
displayed to indicate the fault codes have been cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.

BVE0121A 4

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating


through the “HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 466
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Steering controller - HF - View controller hardware


information
NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HF Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL06CCM685FVA 1

Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL06CCM686AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 467
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The display will automatically cycle through as the exam-


ple:
0525 Hardware identification
0100 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
0000 Serial number
0609 Serial number
0054 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM687AVA 3

NOTE: The last three sets of 4 digits displayed represent the 12 digit module serial number. This number should
correspond to the serial number shown on the module’s label. Note that the serial number shown on the display will
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 6090054.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 468
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H1 -


Calibration procedures
NOTE: This procedure calibrates the EPL (Electronic Park Lock) applied and released positions and the accelerom-
eter.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system and during the calibration pro-
cedure the system is functional. Park the tractor on a flat surface away from any obstacles. The parking brake must
be released and the shuttle lever in the park position.
If required during the calibration procedure use the service brakes to prevent the tractor from moving.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-
nostic socket.

BAIL06CCM213AVA 1

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument


cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the XA controller.

H1 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT742AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 469
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

To start the calibration procedure, press the "dimming" but-


ton, Cal will be shown on the display.

BAIL09CVT777AVA 3

Press the "h" button, the display will show "Inc" for the ac-
celerometer calibration or "SC" for the stroke calibration,
use the "h" and "m" buttons to switch between the options.

BAIL09CVT786AVA 4

To calibrate the accelerometer:


Use the "h" and "m'' buttons to select "Inc" on the display.
Press the "m" button to enter the accelerometer calibration
routine.
The display will alternate between the calibrated value and
"Inc".
When the calibration is complete the display will show
"SC".

BAIL09CVT787AVA 5

To calibrate the applied and released positions, use the "h"


and "m" buttons to select "SC" on the display, Press and
hold the "m" button to calibrate the released position.
During the calibration procedure the display will show a
horizontal line which will move downwards while calibrating
the released position and then the EPL release symbol will
be displayed.
When the released position has been calibrated, the dis-
play will show "M".
Release the "m" button.

BAIL09CVT788AVA 6

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 470
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Press and hold the "m" button to calibrate the applied posi-
tion. The display will show a horizontal line which will move
upwards and the "EPL applied" symbol will be displayed.

BAIL09CVT789AVA 7

When the calibration is complete the display will show


"APP" followed by the applied position and then "REL"
followed by the released position.

BAIL09CVT790AVA 8

Key OFF to store the calibration values.


NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A).

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 471
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H2 - View


stored calibration values
NOTE: This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the controller for the Electronic Park Lock

H2 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT743AVA 1

ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK VALUES


Select the electronic park lock sub-system by depressing
the "dimming" button.

BAIL09CVT730AVB 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 472
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.
After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
code followed by the calibration value for each code in that
channel. (see the table below for the description of each
channel).
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.

Channel Description Value Range


Ch 1 Accelerometer offset -45.0 to 45.0
Ch 2 Applied position 0.0 to 65.0
Ch 3 Released position 0.0 to 65.0
Ch 4 Bite point position 0.0 to 65.0
Ch 5 Number of apply actuations 0 to 99999999
Ch 6 Number of apply actuations while tractor moving 0 to 99999999

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 473
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H3 -


Configurations and options
NOTE: Used to display the configurations available for the electronic park lock.
Electronic park lock
• Ch.1 Electronic park lock enable option
• Ch.2 Trailer brake present

H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT744AVA 1

ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE OPTIONS


Select the EPL sub-system by depressing the "dimming"
button.

BAIL09CVT731AVB 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 474
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the
table below for the description of each channel).

Channel Description
Ch 1 Electronic Park Lock enable option
Ch 2 Trailer brake present

Channel 1 - Electronic Park Lock Option


Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m"
button.
The options available are:
• YES - Enable EPL
• NO - Disable EPL

BAIL06CCM500AVA 4

To save the desired option, press and hold the "h" or "m"
button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "NO" - EPL not enabled.

Channel 2 - Trailer Brake Present


NOTE: This channel is used to select whether trailer brakes are present or not.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m"
button.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 475
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The options available are:


• YES - Trailer brakes present
• NO - Trailer brakes not present

BAIL09CVT761AVA 5

To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m"
button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "YES" - Trailer brakes present.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 476
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H4 - View


software revision level
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT732AVA 1

Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL09CVT733AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 477
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will automatically cycle through


the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.

BAIL09CVT762AVA 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 478
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H5 - Switch


operation test
NOTE: This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.

NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT734AVA 1

Select the H5 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL09CVT735AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 479
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show "d_ _"

BVE0047A_546 3

When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and an


audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct func-
tion.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related
wiring, while watching the display or listening for the
audible tone, to help locate the fault.

BAIL06CCM423AVA 4

Identifier Controller Pin Switch / Input


number
d8 B4 Cranking status
d11 B3 Parking brake switch
d28 C7 Shuttle lever park switch

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 480
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H8 - Clear


stored calibration information (EEPROM)
NOTE: This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
NOTE: EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is
no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: H8 will not change the configuration settings. The H3 menu mode must be used for this.
NOTE: To erase only the stored error codes and not affect the calibration data use the HC menu mode.

H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT745AVA 1

If only a specific sub-system EEPROM requires to be re-


set, select the sub-system that requires the EEPROM to be
reset by depressing the "dimming" button, as the example
shown.

BAIL07APH597AVB 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 481
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show "EECL".

BVE0682A_547 3

ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the resetting of
the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then
"EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.

BVE0121A_548 4

NOTE: If the "m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Turn the keystart OFF.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 482
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H9 -


Voltmeter diagnostic
NOTE: This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current
circuits.
NOTE: If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT736AVA 1

Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL09CVT737AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 483
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show "ch - -"

BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.

NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that
shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.

NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.

BAIL06CCM535AVA 4

Channel Description Typical Reading


1 ASNS_AI_1 input 0 to 5V
2 Shuttle lever park switch 0 to 5V
3 Battery voltage 2.7 to 14.8V
4 Ignition switch voltage 0 to 14.8V
5 Accelerometer -1.5 to 1.5g
6 Temperature -40 °C to 120 °C

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 484
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HB - Display


stored fault codes
NOTE: This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HB Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT746AVA 1

Select the HB menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL09CVT747AVB 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 485
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The central display will display "_ _ _ _", if no fault is stored


in the selected sub-system.

BVF1089A_549 3

The lower central display will show "F", if a fault code is


stored in the selected sub-system.

BVF1088A_550 4

The lower central display will automatically cycle through


as per the example:
12043 Fault code
00 Hour of first occurrence
49 Hour of last occurrence
54 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL09CVT748AVA 5

Depress the "h" or "m" button to change to the next fault


code in the list.
The lower central display will show "_ _ _" at the end of the
list.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through
the "HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 486
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HC - Clear all


stored fault codes
HC Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT738AVA 1

NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
Select the HC menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL09CVT739AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 487
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show"F CL".

BVE0684A_551 3

NOTE: If the "m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the clearing of
the memory.

NOTE: The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then "EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes
have been cleared.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.

BVE0121A_548 4

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 488
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HF - View


controller hardware information
NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed. Common
to all sub-systems.

HF Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL09CVT740AVA 1

Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL09CVT741AVA 2

The lower central display will automatically cycle through


as per the example:

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 489
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

0627 Hardware identification


0100 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
EEEE Serial number
0013 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.

BAIL09CVT764AVA 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 490
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Instrument controller - H3 - Configurations and


options
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

HX - Enhanced ADIC, HY - Basic ADIC


This menu displays the configurations available for:

Engine shutdown
Error code reduction (ECR)
Steering sensor selection
Air brake selection
2nd fuel tank selection
SWCD selection

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH295FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 491
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Engine Shutdown Options


Select the engine shutdown sub-system by pressing the
“dimming" button.

BAIL11APH244AVA 2

NOTE: The default setting is NO.


Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Refer to the common rail fuel injection engine shutdown
options table below.

Options CONDITIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE


FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
(All conditions must be met)
Operating Condition Operator Operator Vehicle Vehicle
Present Not Station- Moving
Present ary
No engine
NO The engine will not shut down - - - -
shutdown
Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
Always
An external device is requesting the
YES1 shutdown
engine to shutdown
engine
Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *
Engine oil pressure - Low * *
Engine coolant temperature - High * *
Stationary
An external device is requesting the
YES2 engine * *
engine to shutdown
shutdown
Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *

Error Code Reduction (ECR) Options


Select the ECR sub-system by pressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL11APH245AVA 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 492
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"


button.
"Factory" (F) - factory error mode, displays all error codes
for a period of 6 minutes then reverts to error code reduc-
tion (ECR).
"ECR" (E) - error code reduction mode, only displays criti-
cal errors.
"Live" (L) live error code mode, displays all error codes.

BAIL06CCM417AVA 4

Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the selec-
tion, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

Steering Sensor Selection Options


Select the steering sensor sub-system by depressing the
“dimming" button.

BAIL11APH246AVA 5

NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.


Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the selec-
tion, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

BAIL11APH247AVA 6

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 493
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Air Brake Options


Select the air brake sub-system by depressing the “dim-
ming" button.

BAIL11APH248AVA 7

NOTE: The default setting is “No" without air brakes.


Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the selec-
tion, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

BAIL11APH249AVA 8

2nd Fuel Tank Selection


Select the 2nd fuel tank sub-system by depressing the
“dimming" button.

BAIL11APH250AVA 9

NOTE: The default setting is “No" without 2nd fuel tank.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 494
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"


button.
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the selec-
tion, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

BAIL11APH251AVA 10

SWCD Selection
Select the SWCD sub-system by depressing the “dimming"
button.

BAIL11APH296AVA 11

NOTE: The default setting is “No" without SWCD.


Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the selec-
tion, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

BAIL11APH297AVA 12

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 495
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision


level
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

HX - Enhanced ADIC, HY - Basic ADIC


This menu displays the software release of the unit.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

H4 - VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL

BAIL11APH232FVA 1

Select the H4 menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

BAIL11APH233AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 496
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will automatically cycle through


the software release as the example shown below, and will
then return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.

BAIL09CVT573AVA 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 497
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Instrument controller - H5 - Switch operation test


T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

HX - Enhanced ADIC, HY - Basic ADIC


This menu displays a designated code when a switch tran-
sition is detected.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH234FVA 1

Select the H5 menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

BAIL11APH235AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 498
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show “d _ _".

BVE0047A 3

When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and an


audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct func-
tion.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring
while watching the display or listening for the audible tone,
to help locate the fault.

BAIL06CCM423AVA 4

NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the “crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
down, a switch disagreement error may occur.

Controller
Identifier Pin Number Switch / Input
Connector
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time
d11 X009 (CN3) 7 Park brake switch
d66 X009 (CN3) 18 Main high beam switch
d67 X005 (CN1) 15 Side lights
d68 X009 (CN3) 17 Brakes not latched (Japan ONLY)
d70 X005 (CN1) 5 Left turn signal indicator
d71 X005 (CN1) 6 Right turn signal indicator
d74 X009 (CN3) 9 Exhaust brake switch

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 499
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Instrument controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration


information (EEPROM)
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

HX - Enhanced ADIC, HY - Basic ADIC


This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes
by resetting all EEPROM values back to default. EEPROM
is where all calibration values and error codes are stored.
This memory is retained even if there is no power to the
controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected. There are two
options available. "Clear net config" and "clear settings".
"Clear net config" is used to erase the stored network con-
figuration, this will clear the current configuration stored in
the instrument cluster and rebuild the configuration at the
next key ON. This should be used if the cluster has been
changed or if the HH menus are showing modules which
are not fitted to the machine.
"Clear settings" will return all instrument cluster settings
back to their default setting.

NOTE: To change any configuration settings H3 menu mode must be used. H8 will not affect these settings.
NOTE: To remove all stored error codes without erasing the calibration values use the HC menu.
NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH253FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 500
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The "CLEAR SETTINGS" option will clear all of the fol-


lowing information stored in the instrument cluster's non-
volatile memory, and set the parameters to their default val-
ues (indicated in brackets).

Parameter Default Value


Implement width 0
Slippage warning threshold 0 — no warning
Maintenance 0 — no warning
Wheel calibration — Rolling Circumference 5497
Keys audible feedback on
Fault codes erased
Fault code management factory mode
Area worked —
Odometer 1/2
Dimming 5
Contrast 7
SWCD on-line yes

Turn the key switch on without starting the vehicle.


Select the H8 menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Select "Clear Settings" by depressing the “m" button.

BAIL11APH254AVA 2

The lower central display will show “EECL"

BVE0682A 3

ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 501
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the resetting of


the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then
“EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.

BVE0121A 4

It is not possible to continuing through the "H" menus after


an H8 procedure. The only possible action is to turn the
ignition key switch off to allow the reset values to be stored.

NOTE: The 'Clear Network Config' procedure is carried out in the same way as 'Clear Settings'

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 502
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Instrument controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic


T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

HX - Enhanced ADIC, HY - Basic ADIC


This menu is used to verify the operation of various poten-
tiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle'
test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the
area where the fault exists.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.

H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH236FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 503
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Select the H9 menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

BAIL11APH237AVA 2

The lower central display will display “ch _ _".

BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.

NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that
shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.

BAIL09CVT580AVA 4

NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.

Channel Description Typical Reading Notes


4 Programming voltage Vpp 12 V See explanations below
5 +5 Volt sensor supply 5V
10 +12 Volt VT input 12.0 (voltage in Volts) See explanations below
21 Steering angle sensor 23.0 full right lock
128.0 full left lock

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 504
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Description Typical Reading Notes


24 Air brake pressure 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
5.4 bar
25 Fuel level sensor 30 - 270 30 = Full
270 = Empty
51 Vane pump 23.5
108 Air brake pressure (new 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
sensor) 5.4 bar

Explanations:
Vpp Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
retain the volatile memory.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the controller.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 505
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Instrument controller - HB - Display stored fault


codes
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

HX - Enhanced ADIC, HY - Basic ADIC


This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored
in the EEPROM of the controller.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

HB Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH238FVA 1

Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

BAIL11APH239AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 506
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault code
is stored.

BAIL09HHP230AVA 3

If and error code is present the lower central display will


flash with an “F".

BVF1088A 4

The lower central display will then automatically cycle


through as the example:
14100 Fault code
01 Hour of first occurrence
00 Hour of last occurrence
87 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL06CCM432AVA 5

Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault


code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end of
the list.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 507
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Instrument controller - HC - Clear all stored fault


codes
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

HX - Enhanced ADIC, HY - Basic ADIC

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

HC Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH240FVA 1

NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

BAIL11APH241AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 508
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will display “F CL".

BVE0684A 3

NOTE: If the “m" key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing of
the memory.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then
“EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have been
cleared.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

BVE0121A 4

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 509
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Instrument controller - HF - View controller


hardware information
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

HX - Enhanced ADIC, HY - Basic ADIC


This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware
version and serial number to be displayed.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

HF Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH285FVA 1

Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

BAIL11APH286AVA 2

The lower central display will then automatically cycle


through as the example:

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 510
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

0638 Hardware identification


0400 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
And return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.

BAIL11CCM131AVA 3

NOTE: The last three sets of 4 digits displayed represent the 12 digit module serial number. This number should
correspond to the serial number shown on the module’s label. Note that the serial number shown on the display will
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 8020001.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 511
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures


Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Power Command without Sidewinder

The Central Control Unit (RY) is used to calibrate the


following components:
• FPS Transmission
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor

H1 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM054FVC 1

FPS Transmission Calibration


In addition to calibrating the transmission clutches the pro-
cedure also allows the flywheel twist sensor and PTO twist
sensor to be calibrated.

NOTE: This procedure is required when either a new control module has been fitted or if the previous calibration has
been erased using the `H8` procedure.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration the transmission oil temperature must be between
60 - 105 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 512
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning (if equipped) is switched off and all electrical hydraulic applications are
deselected.
NOTE: If a four-digit number starting with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
There are two methods of entering the calibration
mode:
• Quick entry.
• Call-up via the HH menu.

Quick Entry
Press and hold both the upshift and downshift switches
while starting the engine.

BAIL06CCM608AVA 2

Go to Calibration Method.

HH Menu Entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-
nostic socket.

BAIL06CCM213AVA 3

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument


cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the RY controller.

BAIL11CCM056AVA 4

Go to Calibration Method.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 513
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Calibration Method
The system being calibrated will be shown on the cluster
and the oil temperature in Celcius will be shown on the
lower central display.
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1100 - 1300
RPM.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 5

Place the shuttle lever into the forward position and release
the clutch pedal.

BAIL06CCM610AVA 6

Pressing the up or downshift button will change the display


to show the Flywheel Torque calibration value.
Pressing the upshift and downshift buttons will change the
display to show the transmission oil temperature. If "U19" is
displayed the oil will need to be warmed before calibration
can proceed. If the start up procedure was incorrect this
will also cause a "U" code to be displayed and prevent the
calibration from proceeding.

BAIL06CCM608AVA 7

If "CL" is displayed this indicates that the oil temperature is


between 10 - 60 °C, if "CH" is displayed this indicates that
the oil temperature is above 105 °C. After a few seconds
the display will return to oil temperature and the tractor may
be operated to obtain the correct transmission oil tempera-
ture. If necessary it is possible to proceed with calibration
at this point by pressing either the upshift and downshift
buttons while "CL" or "CH" is being displayed. The display
will then show "dt" and calibration can proceed.
NOTE: If an unlikely value of oil temperature is displayed
eg: -30 °C or 125 °C, this may indicate a fault with the
temperature sender.
BAIL11APH224AVA 8

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 514
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

There are two methods of calibrating the FPS transmis-


sion. Each item can be calibrated manually or the entire
sequence can be automated.

Manual Transmission Calibration


When the display is showing "dt" press and hold the down-
shift button to calibrate the flywheel twist sensor. When the
flywheel twist sensor has been calibrated, the display will
alternate between "dt" and the calibration value.

BAIL09CVT773AVA 9

Release the downshift button. The display will change to


show "Pt" for PTO twist calibration. Press and hold the
downshift button to calibrate the PTO twist sensor. When
the PTO twist sensor has been calibrated, the display will
alternate between "Pt" and the calibration value.

BAIL09CVT774AVA 10

Release the downshift button. The display will change to


show "A" indicating that clutch A is ready for calibration.
Press and hold the downshift button. During the calibration
process, the changing calibration value will be shown on
the display. When clutch A has been calibrated, the display
will alternate between "A" and the calibration value.
Release the downshift button, the display will change to 'b',
indicating that clutch B is ready for calibration.

BAIL10CVT166AVA 11

Repeat the previous two steps for clutches B, C, D, E and


F1 (S), F2 (M), F3 (F), F4 (19th gear, 50 kph transmission
only) and R.
After clutch R has been calibrated, release the downshift
button and the display will change to "A"

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 515
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration val-


ues.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in . Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A).
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.

Automated Transmission Calibration


When the display shows "dt" press the "m" button on the
instrument cluster or the’AUTO FUNCTION’, if fitted, for
two seconds to start the automatic calibration sequence.
The flywheel twist sensor, PTO twist sensor and transmis-
sion clutches will be calibrated one by one without the need
to keep the downshift button depressed.
When the procedure is completed and all the clutches have
been calibrated. "End" will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 12

If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the sequence is


stopped and the relevant code displayed. Press the auto
function upshift or downshift button to clear the error.
Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration val-
ues.
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 516
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Creeper Calibration
The creeper is calibrated by engaging and then disengag-
ing the creeper using the creeper switch.

EDC Position Sensor Calibration


NOTE: This procedure is required, prior to calibration of the EDC valve. If fault code 1024 is displayed the position
sensor calibration has not been carried out.
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
Remove any load from the hitch and make sure that the
Automatic Pick Up Hitch (APUH) lift rods, if fitted are dis-
connected.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 13

Erase any previously stored calibration value by pressing


and holding the fast raise switch on the armrest handle and
turning the ignition switch to the on position. Release the
switch and turn off the ignition.

BAIL11CCM058AVA 14

Make sure that the correct EDC ram size has been set
(otherwise fault code 1070 will be displayed), for further
information refer to Control module Central Control Unit
- H3 - Configurations and options (A.50.A).
Make sure that the height limit control is in the fully clock-
wise position (otherwise fault code 1068 will be displayed).
Start the tractor, the EDC status lamp on the ICP should
flash to indicate that there is an EDC fault present. Fully
raise and then lower the hitch using the position control
lever on the armrest.
Turn the ignition off to store the calibrate top position value.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 517
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Reconnect the APUH lift rods if fitted.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 15

EDC Valve Calibration


NOTE: This procedure is required when either new EDC valves or EDC control module are fitted or if the previous
calibration has been erased using the “H8” procedure.
NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake. The tractor can move during this procedure so ensure that
the area around the tractor is clear. Transmission output RPM is constantly monitored and calibration will not proceed
unless the tractor is stationary.
Disconnect ALL implements from the Rear Hitch.
Lower the linkage using the position control lever and con-
nect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the lift
arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450 - 3400
lbs) is recommended.
Key OFF.
Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.

BSE3148A 16

There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:


1. Quick entry.
2. HH menu entry.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 518
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Quick Entry
Hold down the work switch on the hand controller and start
the vehicle. The system to be calibrated will be shown on
the cluster’s dot matrix and “CAL” will be displayed in the
lower central display.

BAIL11CCM059AVA 17

Go to Calibration method.

HH Menu Entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-
nostic socket (1).

BAIL06CCM213AVA 18

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument


cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the EDC sym-
bol on the RY controller. The lower central display will show
“CAL”.

BAIL11CCM059AVA 19

Calibration Method
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM until it is stable
with no signs of hunting or surging.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 519
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to start


the calibration sequence.
The lower central display will change from "CAL" to "0" to
indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the link-
age is automatically raised and lowered a small amount 3
times, within 2-3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from '0' to '2'.

BAIL06CCM386AVB 20

When the lower central display shows "End" the calibration


is complete.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 21

Lower the linkage using the position control lever.


Key OFF to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A).

Rear PTO Calibration


NOTE: There is no calibration procedure available in the “H Menus”, however the PTO clutch is automatically cali-
brated when the PTO is started. The current value is displayed in the RY controller, H2 channel 2.

Steering Sensor Calibration


NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake.
NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with the Autoguidance system, make sure the steering angle sensor is connected to the
main engine wiring harness rather than the Autoguidance harness while performing the calibration procedure. On
completion of the calibration reconnect the steering angle sensor to the Autoguidance harness.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 520
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-


nostic socket (1).

BAIL06CCM213AVA 22

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument


cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the differential
lock symbol on the RY controller. The lower central display
will show “CAL”.

BAIL11CCM061AVA 23

Press and hold the automatic differential lock switch for two
seconds.

BAIL11CCM063AVA 24

The lower central display will show "ScP" followed by the


current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display indicates the number "-1", the steering
angle sensor option must be activated with the H3 menu,
before the steering angle sensor can be calibrated, for fur-
ther information refer to Control module Central Control
Unit - H3 - Configurations and options (A.50.A).
NOTE: If the display shows “-2” then this indicates an er-
ror with the steering angle sensor input to the instrument
cluster. Review associated instrument cluster error codes
to determine the fault.

BAIL06CCM625AVA 25

Turn the steering wheel so the front wheels are in line with
the driveline.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 521
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Press and hold the automatic differential lock switch for


two seconds to confirm the steering angle position. The
lower central display will show the calibrated steering sen-
sor reading followed by “End”.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 26

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 522
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures


Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Range Command without Sidewinder

The Central Control Unit (RZ) is used to calibrate the


following components:
• SPS Transmission
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor

H1 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM055FVA 1

SPS Transmission Calibration


In addition to calibrating the transmission clutches the pro-
cedure also allows the flywheel twist sensor and PTO twist
sensor to be calibrated.

NOTE: This procedure is required when either a new control module has been fitted or if the previous calibration has
been erased using the `H8` procedure.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration the transmission oil temperature must be between
60 - 105 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 523
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning (if equipped) is switched off and all electrical hydraulic applications are
deselected.
NOTE: If a four-digit number starting with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
There are two methods of entering the calibration
mode:
• Quick entry.
• Call-up via the HH menu.

Quick Entry
Press and hold both the upshift and downshift switches
while starting the engine.

BAIL06CCM608AVA 2

Go to Calibration Method.

HH Menu Entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-
nostic socket.

BAIL06CCM213AVA 3

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument


cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the RZ controller.

BAIL11CCM057AVA 4

Go to Calibration Method.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 524
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Calibration Method
The system being calibrated will be shown on the cluster
and the oil temperature in Celcius will be shown on the
lower central display.
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1100 - 1300
RPM.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 5

Place the shuttle lever into the forward position and release
the clutch pedal.

BAIL06CCM610AVA 6

Pressing the upshift and downshift buttons will change the


display to show the transmission oil temperature. If "U19" is
displayed the oil will need to be warmed before calibration
can proceed. If the start up procedure was incorrect this
will also cause a "U" code to be displayed and prevent the
calibration from proceeding.

BAIL06CCM608AVA 7

If "CL" is displayed this indicates that the oil temperature is


between 10 - 60 °C, if "CH" is displayed this indicates that
the oil temperature is above 105 °C. After a few seconds
the display will return to oil temperature and the tractor may
be operated to obtain the correct transmission oil tempera-
ture. If necessary it is possible to proceed with calibration
at this point by pressing either the upshift and downshift
buttons while "CL" or "CH" is being displayed. The display
will then show "dt" and calibration can proceed.
NOTE: If an unlikely value of oil temperature is displayed
eg: -30 °C or 125 °C, this may indicate a fault with the
temperature sender.
BAIL11APH224AVA 8

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 525
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

There are two methods of calibrating the SPS transmis-


sion. Each item can be calibrated manually or the entire
sequence can be automated.

Manual Transmission Calibration


When the display is showing "dt" press and hold the down-
shift button to calibrate the flywheel twist sensor. When the
flywheel twist sensor has been calibrated, the display will
alternate between "dt" and the calibration value.

BAIL09CVT773AVA 9

Release the downshift button. The display will change to


show "Pt" for PTO twist calibration. Press and hold the
downshift button to calibrate the PTO twist sensor. When
the PTO twist sensor has been calibrated, the display will
alternate between "Pt" and the calibration value.

BAIL09CVT774AVA 10

Release the downshift button. The display will change to


show "A" indicating that clutch A is ready for calibration.
Press and hold the downshift button. During the calibration
process, the changing calibration value will be shown on
the display. When clutch A has been calibrated, the display
will alternate between "A" and the calibration value.
Release the downshift button, the display will change to 'b',
indicating that clutch B is ready for calibration.

BAIL10CVT166AVA 11

Repeat the previous two steps for clutches B, C, D, E and


19th gear, (50 kph transmission only).

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 526
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Following the final clutch calibration the display will show


“F‟ indicating that the synchronise middle position can be
calibrated. Press and hold the downshift button to calibrate
the synchronizer middle position. On completion the dis-
play will show “End‟.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 12

Repeatedly depressing the upshift switch will cycle through


each clutch, enabling a particular sensor or clutch to be
calibrated several times if required or the calibration of a
particular sensor or clutch to be omitted.

BAIL07APH535ASA 13

Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration val-


ues.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in . Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A) .
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.

Automated Transmission Calibration


When the display shows "dt" press the "m" button on the
instrument cluster or the range shift button for two seconds
to start the automatic calibration sequence.
The flywheel twist sensor, PTO twist sensor and transmis-
sion clutches will be calibrated one by one without the need
to keep the downshift button depressed.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 527
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

When the procedure is completed and all the clutches have


been calibrated. "End" will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 14

If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the sequence is


stopped and the relevant code displayed. Press the auto
function upshift or downshift button to clear the error.
Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration val-
ues.
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 528
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Creeper Calibration
The creeper is calibrated by engaging and then disengag-
ing the creeper using the creeper switch.

EDC Position Sensor Calibration


NOTE: This procedure is required, prior to calibration of the EDC valve. If fault code 1024 is displayed the position
sensor calibration has not been carried out.
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
Remove any load from the hitch and make sure that the
Automatic Pick Up Hitch (APUH) lift rods, if fitted are dis-
connected.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 15

Erase any previously stored calibration value by pressing


and holding the fast raise switch on the armrest handle and
turning the ignition switch to the on position. Release the
switch and turn off the ignition.

BAIL11CCM058AVA 16

Make sure that the correct EDC ram size has been set
(otherwise fault code 1070 will be displayed), for further
information refer to Control module Central Control Unit
- H3 - Configurations and options (A.50.A).
Make sure that the height limit control is in the fully clock-
wise position (otherwise fault code 1068 will be displayed).
Start the tractor, the EDC status lamp on the ICP should
flash to indicate that there is an EDC fault present. Fully
raise and then lower the hitch using the position control
lever on the armrest.
Turn the ignition off to store the calibrate top position value.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 529
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Reconnect the APUH lift rods if fitted.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 17

EDC Valve Calibration


NOTE: This procedure is required when either new EDC valves or EDC control module are fitted or if the previous
calibration has been erased using the “H8” procedure.
NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake. The tractor can move during this procedure so ensure that
the area around the tractor is clear. Transmission output RPM is constantly monitored and calibration will not proceed
unless the tractor is stationary.
Disconnect ALL implements from the Rear Hitch.
Lower the linkage using the position control lever and con-
nect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the lift
arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450 - 3400
lbs) is recommended.
Key OFF.
Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.

BSE3148A 18

There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:


1. Quick entry.
2. HH menu entry.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 530
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Quick Entry
Hold down the work switch on the hand controller and start
the vehicle. The system to be calibrated will be shown on
the cluster’s dot matrix and “CAL” will be displayed in the
lower central display.

BAIL11CCM060AVA 19

Go to Calibration method.

HH Menu Entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-
nostic socket (1).

BAIL06CCM213AVA 20

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument


cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the EDC sym-
bol on the RY controller. The lower central display will show
“CAL”.

BAIL11CCM060AVA 21

Calibration Method
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM until it is stable
with no signs of hunting or surging.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 531
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to start


the calibration sequence.
The lower central display will change from "CAL" to "0" to
indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the link-
age is automatically raised and lowered a small amount 3
times, within 2-3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from '0' to '2'.

BAIL06CCM386AVB 22

When the lower central display shows "End" the calibration


is complete.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 23

Lower the linkage using the position control lever.


Key OFF to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A).

Rear PTO Calibration


NOTE: There is no calibration procedure available in the “H Menus”, however the PTO clutch is automatically cali-
brated when the PTO is started. The current value is displayed in the RY controller, H2 channel 2.

Steering Sensor Calibration


NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake.
NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with the Autoguidance system, make sure the steering angle sensor is connected to the
main engine wiring harness rather than the Autoguidance harness while performing the calibration procedure. On
completion of the calibration reconnect the steering angle sensor to the Autoguidance harness.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 532
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-


nostic socket (1).

BAIL06CCM213AVA 24

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument


cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the differential
lock symbol on the RY controller. The lower central display
will show “CAL”.

BAIL11CCM062AVA 25

Press and hold the automatic differential lock switch for two
seconds.

BAIL11CCM063AVA 26

The lower central display will show "ScP" followed by the


current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display indicates the number "-1", the steering
angle sensor option must be activated with the H3 menu,
before the steering angle sensor can be calibrated, for fur-
ther information refer to Control module Central Control
Unit - H3 - Configurations and options (A.50.A).
NOTE: If the display shows “-2” then this indicates an er-
ror with the steering angle sensor input to the instrument
cluster. Review associated instrument cluster error codes
to determine the fault.

BAIL06CCM625AVA 27

Turn the steering wheel so the front wheels are in line with
the driveline.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 533
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Press and hold the automatic differential lock switch for


two seconds to confirm the steering angle position. The
lower central display will show the calibrated steering sen-
sor reading followed by “End”.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 28

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 534
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration


values Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Power Command without Sidewinder

The Central Control Unit (RY) is used to view stored


calibration values for the following components:
• FPS Transmission
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor

H2 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM064FVA 1

FPS Transmission Calibration Values


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM066AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 535
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the clutch
letter, calibration value and calibration transmission tem-
perature value will be displayed (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).
In this example clutch A calibration value is 230 mA at tem-
perature 65 °C.

BAIL10CVT282AVB 3

Channel Number Calibration Parameter


Ch 1 A clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 2 B clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 3 C clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 4 D clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 5 E clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 6 F1 clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 7 F2 clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 8 F3 clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 9 F4 clutch calibration current and temperature (19 speed transmission only)
R clutch calibration current and temperature (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 10 R clutch calibration current and temperature (19 speed transmission only)
Flywheel damper calibration value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 11 Flywheel damper calibration value (19 speed transmission only)
PTO twist calibration value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 12 PTO twist calibration value (19 speed transmission only)
Radar adjustment value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 13 Radar adjustment value (19 speed transmission only)

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the


"HH" menus.

EDC Valve Calibration Values


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the EDC sym-
bol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM068AVA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the calibration value
for that channel will then be shown, (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 536
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Number Description Display Value Range


Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)

NOTE: The default calibration values, set during the H8 procedure, are 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Rear PTO Calibration Values


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear PTO
symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM070AVA 5

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the calibration value
for that channel will then be shown, (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Parameter Typical Values


Ch 1 Rear PTO oil temperature (live) Temperature dependent
Ch 2 Rear PTO solenoid calibration value 100 to 420

NOTE: The Rear PTO solenoid calibration value displayed in channel 2 is as a result of an automatic calibration that
is initiated when the PTO is started.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Steering Sensor Calibration Values


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear differ-
ential lock symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM072AVA 6

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 537
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the calibration value
for that channel will then be shown, (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description Value Range


Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 7000 to 10000

NOTE: The default calibration value for the steering sensor, set during the H8 procedure is 12287.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 538
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration


values Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Range Command without Sidewinder

The Central Control Unit (RZ) is used to view stored


calibration values for the following components:
• SPS Transmission
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor

H2 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM065FVA 1

SPS Transmission Calibration Values


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM067AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 539
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the clutch
letter, calibration value and calibration transmission tem-
perature value will be displayed (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).
In this example clutch A calibration value is 230 mA at tem-
perature 65 °C.

BAIL10CVT282AVB 3

Channel Number Calibration Parameter


Ch 1 A clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 2 B clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 3 C clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 4 D clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 5 E clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 6 19th gear clutch calibration current and temperature.
Ch 7 Flywheel damper calibration value
Ch 12 PTO twist calibration value
Ch 13 Radar adjustment value

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the


"HH" menus.

EDC Valve Calibration Values


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the EDC sym-
bol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM069AVA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the calibration value
for that channel will then be shown, (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description Display Value Range


Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)

NOTE: The default calibration values, set during the H8 procedure, are 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 540
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the


"HH" menus.

Rear PTO Calibration Values


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear PTO
symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM071AVA 5

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the calibration value
for that channel will then be shown, (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Parameter Typical Values


Ch 1 Rear PTO oil temperature (live) Temperature dependent
Ch 2 Rear PTO solenoid calibration value 100 to 420

NOTE: The Rear PTO solenoid calibration value displayed in channel 2 is as a result of an automatic calibration that
is initiated when the PTO is started.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Steering Sensor Calibration Values


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear differ-
ential lock symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM073AVA 6

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the calibration value
for that channel will then be shown, (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description Value Range


Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 7000 to 10000

NOTE: The default calibration value for the steering sensor, set during the H8 procedure is 12287.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 541
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the


"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 542
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and


options Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Power Command without Sidewinder

The Central Control Unit (RY) is used to select the


options and configurations for:
• FPS Transmission
• EDC
• Electronic Engine
• Difflock and Four Wheel Drive
• Rear PTO
• Front EHR
• Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)

H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM074FVC 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 543
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Transmission Options and Configurations


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM076AVA 2

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the current
selection will be displayed (refer to the table below for a
description of each channel).

Channel Description
Ch 1 Creeper option enable/disable
Ch 2 Electronic park lock (EPL) enable/disable
Ch 3 40 km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 4 Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 5 Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 F1 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 10 F2 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 11 F3 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 12 F4 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (19 speed transmission only)
Ch 13 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 14 Transmission oil pressure sensor selection
Ch 15 Large tyre option

Channel 1 - Creeper Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 3

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - Creeper enabled
"no" - Creeper disabled

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 544
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the


"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Electronic Park Lock (EPL) Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 4

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - EPL enabled
"no" - EPL disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - 40 km/h Maximum Speed Restriction


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM502AVA 5

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - Restricted to 40 km/h
"no" - Unrestricted
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 545
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channels 4 to 13 - Clutch Quickfill Adjustment


These channels are used to adjust the quickfill values for
the clutch solenoids.
Select the required channel by using the “h" and “m" but-
tons, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 4 Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 5 Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 F1 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 10 F2 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 11 F3 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 12 F4 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (19 speed transmission only)
Ch 13 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment

Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m" but-
ton to decrease the value, between the minimum of 3 and
maximum of 25, representing 30 - 250 ms.

NOTE: If the "h" or "m" buttons are not depressed for three seconds, the value is frozen but not stored.
When the desired value is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 14 — Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor Selection


This channel is used to select which type of transmission
oil pressure sensor is fitted, either a pressure switch or a
pressure transducer.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL11CCM078AVA 6

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"PS" - Pressure switch 40 km/h
"Pt" - Pressure transducer
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 546
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the


"HH" menus.

Channel 15 - Large Tyre Option


This channel is used to select whether the large tyre option
is enabled or disabled. If the large tyre option is enabled
the tractor ground speed will be restricted to 40 km/h or 50
km/h as appropriate.

BAIL11APH221AVC 7

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Lto" - Large tyre option enabled
"OFF" - Large tyre option disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: If "nc" is displayed then this indicates that the selection has not been configured and one of the two available
options must be set.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

EDC Options and Configurations


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the EDC sym-
bol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM080AVA 8

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the current
selection will be displayed (refer to the table below for a
description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / disable EDC
Ch 3 Enable / disable slip control

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 547
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 1 - Diameter of the External Hydraulic Lift Rams


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM504AVA 9

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
external ram diameter sizes:
80 mm
90 mm
100 mm
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”. If “def” is displayed then this channel must be used to select the
appropriate ram size otherwise fault code 1070 will be shown.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - EDC Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 10

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - EDC enabled
"no" - EDC disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the fitting of a new UCM controller to the tractor, an automatic detection
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for EDC and the system will be enabled
or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel or by the automatic detection then by default the Slip Option
will also be disabled and channel 3 will not be available.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 548
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the


"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Slip Control Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 11

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - Slip Control enabled
"no" - Slip Control disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the fitting of a new UCM controller to the tractor, an automatic detection
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for Slip control and the system will be
enabled or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no” but will be set to “YES” automatically if the Slip Control system is
detected as being present.
NOTE: If the EDC option has been disabled using channel 2 then this channel will not be available for selection.

Electronic Engine Options


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the engine
symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM081AVA 12

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the current
selection will be displayed (refer to the table below for a
description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Dyno power boost test
Ch 2 Auto modes option
Ch 3 Grid heater selection

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 549
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Number Description


Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection

Channel 1 - Dyno Power Boost Test


This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dynamometer
tested with maximum powerboost.
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"OFF" - Dyno power boost test mode is off (normal vehicle
operation).
"Std" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight un-
boosted curve without any limitations).
"bSt" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight boosted
curve without any limitations).
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: If enabled, the dyno power boost test will only be active for 45 minutes.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “OFF”.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Auto Modes Option


This channel is used to enable or disable the vehicle’s auto
modes, e.g. Autoshift, CRPM and Powerboost.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 13

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Auto modes enabled
"No" - Auto modes disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 550
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 3 - Grid Heater Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 14

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Grid heater fitted
"No" - Grid heater not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “YES”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 4 - Fuel Filter Heater Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT298AVA 15

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - Fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - Fuel filter disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 551
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive Options


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the differential
lock symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM082AVA 16

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Four Wheel Drive Selection
Ch 3 Terralock (front axle) angles
Ch 4 FWD braking speed selection

Channel 1 - Axle Type


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM507AVA 17

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer axle

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “0”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 552
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 2 - Four Wheel Drive Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 18

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Four wheel drive enabled
"No" - Four wheel drive disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Front Axle Angles


This channel is used to select the steering angle at which
the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive functions en-
gage and disengage.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM508AVA 19

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options, "0", "1", "2" or "3", refer to the table below for the
steering angles that correspond to each option.

NOTE: There is 2 km/h hysteresis on the vehicle speed.


The angles for each option are different depending on whether the front axle is Standard or Super Steer.
There is a 3 ° hysteresis on the standard axle Steering angle and a 1 ° hysteresis on the Super Steer steering angle.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 553
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Standard Axle
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °

0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
SuperSteer Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Axle Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the


"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 4 - FWD Braking Speed Selection


This option is used to select the ground speed below which
four wheel braking will not occur.
NOTE: This channel will only be available if the Four Wheel
Drive option has been selected.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL11CCM084AVA 20

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 554
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_2"
"4_8"
"6_4"
refer to the table below for the description of each option.

Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0


Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is 6.4 Km/h 4.8 Km/h 3.2 Km/h 1.6 Km/h 0 Km/h
greater than or equal to:

NOTE: The four wheel braking speed will default to 6.4 km/h on a new electronic module.
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Rear PTO Options and Configurations


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the rear PTO
symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM085AVA 21

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Rear PTO management option
Ch 2 Rear PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 Rear PTO drop out speed selection

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 555
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 1 - Rear PTO Management Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 22

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO management enabled
"No" - Rear PTO management disabled

NOTE: The default value on a new module is “no”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Rear PTO Fender Switches Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 23

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO fender switches fitted
"No" - Rear PTO fender switches not fitted

NOTE: The default value on a new module is “no”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Rear PTO Drop Out Speed Selection


This channel is used to select the engine speed below
which the PTO will drop out.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 556
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM513AVA 24

Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m" button
to decrease the value, in increments of 10 RPM between
0 - 550 RPM.
When the desired engine speed is displayed depress
and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster
bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: The default value on a new module or following an H8 operation is 0 RPM.


Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Front EHR Options and Configurations


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the front EHR
symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM086AVA 25

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Front EHR option selection
Ch 2 Front loader / front hitch selection
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR setup
Ch 5 High flow pump selection

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 557
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 1 - Front EHR Option Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 26

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Front EHRs option enabled
"No" - Front EHRs option disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Front Loader / Front Hitch Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM510AVA 27

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Htch" - Front hitch enabled
"LoAd" - Front loader enabled
"nonE" - Front hitch and front loader disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: If the Front EHRs are to be used to control the Front Hitch then the Front Hitch option must also be enabled
in the Auxiliary Control Module (RK module, Front Hitch system, H3, channel 1 set to “YES”).
NOTE: If Front Hitch is selected then Front EHR valve 1 will be reserved for front hitch operation. If Front Loader is
selected then Front EHR valves 1 – 3 will be reserved for front loader operation. If none is selected then all Front
EHR valves will be available for use.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 558
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 3 - Not Used


This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.

Channel 4 - Number of EHR Setup


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT291AVA 28

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"2"
"3"
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 5 - High Flow Pump Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM512AVA 29

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - High flow pump enabled
"no" - High flow pump disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 559
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) Options


This H menu level is used by the service technician to set
up any options or configurations available with the HTS
control system.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the HTS sym-
bol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM087AVA 30

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 HTS option selection

Channel 1- HTS Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 31

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled

NOTE: The default selection on a new module is “no”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 560
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and


options Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Range Command without Sidewinder

The Central Control Unit (RZ) is used to select the


options and configurations for:
• SPS Transmission
• EDC
• Electronic Engine
• Difflock and Four Wheel Drive
• Rear PTO
• Front EHR
• Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)

H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM075FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 561
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Transmission Options and Configurations


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM077AVA 2

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the current
selection will be displayed (refer to the table below for a
description of each channel).

Channel Description
Ch 1 Creeper option enable/disable
Ch 2 Electronic park lock (EPL) enable/disable
Ch 3 40 km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 4 Transmission oil pressure sensor selection
Ch 5 Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 10 19th gear clutch solenoid quick fil adjustment ( 50 km/h transmission only)
Ch 11 Large tyre option

Channel 1 - Creeper Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 3

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - Creeper enabled
"no" - Creeper disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 562
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the


"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Electronic Park Lock (EPL) Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 4

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - EPL enabled
"no" - EPL disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - 40 km/h Maximum Speed Restriction


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM502AVA 5

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - Restricted to 40 km/h
"no" - Unrestricted
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 563
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 4 — Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor Selection


This channel is used to select which type of transmission
oil pressure sensor is fitted, either a pressure switch or a
pressure transducer.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL11CCM078AVA 6

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"PS" - Pressure switch
"Pt" - Pressure transducer
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channels 5to 11 - Clutch Solenoid Quickfill Adjustment


These channels are used to adjust the quickfill values for
the clutch solenoids.
Select the required channel by using the “h" and “m" but-
tons, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 5 Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 10 19th gear clutch solenoid quick fil adjustment ( 50 km/h transmission only)

Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m" but-
ton to decrease the value, between the minimum of 3 and
maximum of 25, representing 30 - 250 ms.

NOTE: If the "h" or "m" buttons are not depressed for three seconds, the value is frozen but not stored.
When the desired value is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 564
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 11 - Large Tyre Option


This channel is used to select whether the large tyre option
is enabled or disabled. If the large tyre option is enabled
the tractor ground speed will be restricted to 40 km/h or 50
km/h as appropriate.

BAIL11APH221AVC 7

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Lto" - Large tyre option enabled
"OFF" - Large tyre option disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

EDC Options and Configurations


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the EDC sym-
bol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM080AVB 8

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the current
selection will be displayed (refer to the table below for a
description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / disable EDC
Ch 3 Enable / disable slip control

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 565
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 1 - Diameter of the External Hydraulic Lift Rams


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM504AVA 9

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
external ram diameter sizes:
80 mm
90 mm
100 mm
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”. If “def” is displayed then this channel must be used to select the
appropriate ram size otherwise fault code 1070 will be shown.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - EDC Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 10

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - EDC enabled
"no" - EDC disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the fitting of a new UCM controller to the tractor, an automatic detection
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for EDC and the system will be enabled
or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel or by the automatic detection then by default the Slip Option
will also be disabled and channel 3 will not be available.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 566
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the


"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Slip Control Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 11

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - Slip Control enabled
"no" - Slip Control disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the fitting of a new UCM controller to the tractor, an automatic detection
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for Slip control and the system will be
enabled or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no” but will be set to “YES” automatically if the Slip Control system is
detected as being present.
NOTE: If the EDC option has been disabled using channel 2 then this channel will not be available for selection.

Electronic Engine Options


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the engine
symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM081AVB 12

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the current
selection will be displayed (refer to the table below for a
description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Dyno power boost test
Ch 2 Auto modes option
Ch 3 Grid heater selection

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 567
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Number Description


Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection

Channel 1 - Dyno Power Boost Test


This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dynamometer
tested with maximum powerboost.
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"OFF" - Dyno power boost test mode is off (normal vehicle
operation).
"Std" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight un-
boosted curve without any limitations).
"bSt" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight boosted
curve without any limitations).
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: If enabled, the dyno power boost test will only be active for 45 minutes.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “OFF”.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Auto Modes Option


This channel is used to enable or disable the vehicle’s auto
modes, e.g. Autoshift, CRPM and Powerboost.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 13

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Auto modes enabled
"No" - Auto modes disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 568
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 3 - Grid Heater Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 14

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Grid heater fitted
"No" - Grid heater not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “YES”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 4 - Fuel Filter Heater Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT298AVA 15

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - Fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - Fuel filter disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 569
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive Options


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the differential
lock symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM082AVB 16

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Four Wheel Drive Selection
Ch 3 Terralock (front axle) angles
Ch 4 FWD braking speed selection

Channel 1 - Axle Type


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM507AVA 17

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer axle

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “0”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 570
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 2 - Four Wheel Drive Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 18

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Four wheel drive enabled
"No" - Four wheel drive disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Front Axle Angles


This channel is used to select the steering angle at which
the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive functions en-
gage and disengage.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM508AVA 19

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options, "0", "1", "2" or "3", refer to the table below for the
steering angles that correspond to each option.

NOTE: There is 2 km/h hysteresis on the vehicle speed.


The angles for each option are different depending on whether the front axle is Standard or Super Steer.
There is a 3 ° hysteresis on the standard axle Steering angle and a 1 ° hysteresis on the Super Steer steering angle.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 571
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Standard Axle
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °

0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
SuperSteer Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Axle Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the


"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 4 - FWD Braking Speed Selection


This option is used to select the ground speed below which
four wheel braking will not occur.
NOTE: This channel will only be available if the Four Wheel
Drive option has been selected.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL11CCM084AVA 20

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 572
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_2"
"4_8"
"6_4"
refer to the table below for the description of each option.

Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0


Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is 6.4 Km/h 4.8 Km/h 3.2 Km/h 1.6 Km/h 0 Km/h
greater than or equal to:

NOTE: The four wheel braking speed will default to 6.4 km/h on a new electronic module.
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Rear PTO Options and Configurations


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the rear PTO
symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM085AVB 21

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Rear PTO management option
Ch 2 Rear PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 Rear PTO drop out speed selection

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 573
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 1 - Rear PTO Management Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 22

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO management enabled
"No" - Rear PTO management disabled

NOTE: The default value on a new module is “no”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Rear PTO Fender Switches Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 23

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO fender switches fitted
"No" - Rear PTO fender switches not fitted

NOTE: The default value on a new module is “no”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Rear PTO Drop Out Speed Selection


This channel is used to select the engine speed below
which the PTO will drop out.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 574
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM513AVA 24

Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m" button
to decrease the value, in increments of 10 RPM between
0 - 550 RPM.
When the desired engine speed is displayed depress
and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster
bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: The default value on a new module or following an H8 operation is 0 RPM.


Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Front EHR Options and Configurations


Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the front EHR
symbol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM086AVB 25

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Front EHR option selection
Ch 2 Front loader / front hitch selection
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR setup
Ch 5 High flow pump selection

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 575
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 1 - Front EHR Option Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 26

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Front EHRs option enabled
"No" - Front EHRs option disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Front Loader / Front Hitch Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM510AVA 27

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Htch" - Front hitch enabled
"LoAd" - Front loader enabled
"nonE" - Front hitch and front loader disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: If the Front EHRs are to be used to control the Front Hitch then the Front Hitch option must also be enabled
in the Auxiliary Control Module (RK module, Front Hitch system, H3, channel 1 set to “YES”).
NOTE: If Front Hitch is selected then Front EHR valve 1 will be reserved for front hitch operation. If Front Loader is
selected then Front EHR valves 1 – 3 will be reserved for front loader operation. If none is selected then all Front
EHR valves will be available for use.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 576
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel 3 - Not Used


This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.

Channel 4 - Number of EHR Setup


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT291AVA 28

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"2"
"3"
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

Channel 5 - High Flow Pump Selection


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM512AVA 29

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - High flow pump enabled
"no" - High flow pump disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 577
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) Options


This H menu level is used by the service technician to set
up any options or configurations available with the HTS
control system.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the HTS sym-
bol on the RY controller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM087AVB 30

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 HTS option selection

Channel 1- HTS Enable / Disable


After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 31

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled

NOTE: The default selection on a new module is “no”.


When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 578
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H4 - View software revision


level Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM088FVA 1

Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL11CCM089AVA 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 579
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will automatically cycle through


the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.

BAIL09CVT655AVA 5

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 580
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H5 - Switch operation test


Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

NOTE: This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
NOTE: Common to all sub systems.

H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM090FVA 1

Select the H5 menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

BAIL11CCM092AVA 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 581
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will show “d _ _".

BVE0047A_569 5

When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and an


audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct func-
tion.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring
while watching the display or listening for the audible tone,
to help locate the fault.

BAIL11CCM094AVA 6

Refer to the table below for the switch numbers.

Control
Channel unit plug Pin number Description
connection
d0 - - No switch activated or two switches activated at the same time
d1 CN1B 30 EDC fender switch - Lower
d2 CN1B 29 EDC fender switch - Raise
d3 CN1B 18 EDC work switch (on EDC mouse)
d4 CN1B 20 EDC raise switch (on EDC mouse)
d5 CN3A 26 EDC work switch (on hand controller)
d6 CN3A 7 EDC raise switch (on hand controller)
d7 CN3A 15 Connection of the NASO lighting (disconnect and reconnect the
flasher unit - not for ISO lighting)
d8 CN1B 21 Crank detect input
d9 CN1B 11 PTO fuse sense (remove and replace fuse)
d10 CN4 9 Seat switch
d11 CN4 10 Handbrake switch
d12 CN1B 22 Left brake pedal switch
d13 CN1B 23 Right brake pedal switch
d14 CN1A 8 Clutch pedal switch (engine running and transmission in forward
or reverse)
d15 CN1B 12 Switch for the shuttle lever - Forwards
d16 CN1B 13 Switch for the shuttle lever - Reverse
d17 CN3A 11 Transmission downshift switch
d18 CN3A 10 Transmission upshift switch
d20 CN4 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch
d21 CN4 11 Forward clutch pressure switch
d25 CN1B 27 Transmission neutral switch (clutch depressed, change to neutral
from forward or reverse)

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 582
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control
Channel unit plug Pin number Description
connection
d29 CN3A 6 EDC raise / work switch (on EDC mouse)
d30 CN4 23 Transmission auot on / off switch
d31 CN3A 14 Air conditioning pressure switch
d33 CN1B 19 Radar present input (disconnect radar to test)
d34 CN3A 8 Transmission creeper switch
d38 CN3B 31 Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 CN3B 30 Differential lock switch - Automatic
d41 CN3A 25 All-wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 CN3A 24 All-wheel drive switch - Automatic
d43 CN4 21 Hi flow pump link (disconnect pump link to test)
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d45 CN3A 13 Rear PTO switch - normally closed
d46 CN4 24 Hi flow pump not present input
d47 CN3B 24 Rear PTO brake switch
d48 CN3B 33 Ground speed PTO switch
d49 CN3B 23 Rear PTO management switch
d50 CN3A 21 HTS switch record mode
d52 CN3A 23 HTS / CRPM sequence switch
d54 CN4 12 CRPM on / off switch
d55 CN3A 5 CRPM decrease engine speed switch
d56 CN3A 4 CRPM increase engine speed switch
d57 CN3B 11 CRPM selection switch
d60 CN3B 32 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 CN3A 18 Rear PTO fender switch (normally open)
d64 CN3A 3 Fender switch of the rear PTO - normally closed
d80 CN4 5 HTS AUTO switch
d81 CN3A 22 HTS Manual switch
d93 CN4 25 Front HPL present link (disconnect and reconnect the 13–way
connector)
d94 CN3A 16 EHR lock switch
d139 via CAN - Joystick select switch

Control
Channel unit plug Pin number Description
connection
d0 - - No switch activated or two switches activated at the same time
d1 CN1B 30 EDC fender switch - Lower
d2 CN1B 29 EDC fender switch - Raise
d3 CN1B 18 EDC work switch (on EDC mouse)
d4 CN1B 20 EDC raise switch (on EDC mouse)
d5 CN3A 26 EDC work switch (on hand controller)
d6 CN3A 7 EDC raise switch (on hand controller)
d7 CN3A 15 Connection of the NASO lighting (disconnect and reconnect the
flasher unit - not for ISO lighting)
d8 CN1B 21 Crank detect input
d9 CN1B 11 PTO fuse sense (remove and replace fuse)
d10 CN4 9 Seat switch
d11 CN4 10 Handbrake switch
d12 CN1B 22 Left brake pedal switch
d13 CN1B 23 Right brake pedal switch
d14 CN1A 8 Clutch pedal switch (engine running and transmission in forward
or reverse)
d15 CN1B 12 Switch for the shuttle lever - Forwards
d16 CN1B 13 Switch for the shuttle lever - Reverse

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 583
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control
Channel unit plug Pin number Description
connection
d17 CN3A 11 Transmission downshift switch
d18 CN3A 10 Transmission upshift switch
d19 CN4 1 Transmission range shift switch
d20 CN4 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch
d21 CN4 11 Forward clutch pressure switch
d25 CN1B 27 Transmission neutral switch (clutch depressed, change to neutral
from forward or reverse)
d29 CN3A 6 EDC raise / work switch (on EDC mouse)
d30 CN4 23 Transmission auot on / off switch
d31 CN3A 14 Air conditioning pressure switch
d33 CN1B 19 Radar present input (disconnect radar to test)
d34 CN3A 8 Transmission creeper switch
d38 CN3B 31 Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 CN3B 30 Differential lock switch - Automatic
d41 CN3A 25 All-wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 CN3A 24 All-wheel drive switch - Automatic
d43 CN4 21 Hi flow pump link (disconnect pump link to test)
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d45 CN3A 13 Rear PTO switch - normally closed
d46 CN4 24 Hi flow pump not present input
d47 CN3B 24 Rear PTO brake switch
d48 CN3B 33 Ground speed PTO switch
d49 CN3B 23 Rear PTO management switch
d50 CN3A 21 HTS switch record mode
d52 CN3A 23 HTS / CRPM sequence switch
d54 CN4 12 CRPM on / off switch
d55 CN3A 5 CRPM decrease engine speed switch
d56 CN3A 4 CRPM increase engine speed switch
d57 CN3B 11 CRPM selection switch
d60 CN3B 32 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 CN3A 18 Rear PTO fender switch (normally open)
d64 CN3A 3 Fender switch of the rear PTO - normally closed
d80 CN4 5 HTS AUTO switch
d81 CN3A 22 HTS Manual switch
d93 CN4 25 Front HPL present link (disconnect and reconnect the 13–way
connector)
d94 CN3A 16 EHR lock switch
d139 via CAN - Joystick select switch

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 584
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H6 - Vehicle information view


Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

BAIL11CCM095FVA 1

Select the H6 menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

BAIL11CCM097AVA 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 585
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The number of gears, transmission speed and engine


horsepower will be displayed in succession.

BAIL11CCM099AVA 5

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 586
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes


Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Power Command without Sidewinder

NOTE: This menu is only for special vehicle tests to check clutch switch adjustment and hydraulic pressures.

H7 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM100FVA 1

Select the H7 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.


The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL11CCM101AVA 2

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Clutch switch test
Ch 2 Manual clutch adjustment

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 587
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Number Description


Ch 3 Manual quickfill adjustment
Ch 4 Clutch pressure test
Ch 5 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 6 Self bed in of clutches
Ch 7 PWM valve test

Channel 1 - Clutch Switch Test


NOTE: This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and switch status. In addition it also displays the oil
temperature.
The transmission is enabled in this state.
Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The clutch
pedal position is displayed as a percentage of the travel
(0-99), with 'O' or 'C' in the upper digit indicating whether
the clutch pedal switch is open or closed. This is useful for
evaluating the clutch pedal switch adjustment and also the
inching bite point.
NOTE: The shuttle lever must be in the forward position for
the clutch pedal switch status to change.

BAIL06CCM469AVA 3

The oil temperature, in degrees C, is displayed when the


clutch pedal has been in the full up position (above 97 %)
for more than 5 seconds. When the clutch is depressed
to below 98 % the display will immediately switch back to
show the clutch pedal position.
The oil temperature can also be displayed when the clutch
pedal is full up or full down by pressing and holding the
upshift or downshift switch.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 4

Channel 2 - Manual Clutch Adjustment


NOTE: This channel is used to manually adjust and test the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the clutch
pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. Shifting the shuttle lever
into reverse will select the R clutch. Cycling between neu-
tral and forward will cycle through the other clutches.
The lower central display will show the clutch letter for 1
second and then show the calibration value.

BAIL06CCM472AVA 5

The calibration values can then be adjusted using the up-


shift and downshift buttons.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 588
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

To test the calibration, leave the shuttle lever out of neutral


and fully release the clutch pedal. Two clutches will be
applied at low pressure to provide a torque path through
the transmission, then the clutch that is being adjusted will
be applied at its bite point pressure so that it should just
begin to engage. To re-test the same clutch, depress the
clutch pedal slightly and release it again.

Channel 3 - Manual Quick Fill Adjustment


Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the clutch
pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. Shifting the shuttle lever
to reverse will select the R clutch. Cycling between neu-
tral and forward will cycle through the other clutches. The
lower central display will show the clutch letter followed by
the quick fill setting.

BAIL06CCM474AVA 6

The quick fill settings can be adjusted using the upshift and
downshift buttons with the shuttle lever in neutral and the
clutch released.
The quick fill value can be tested in one of three
methods. To select the test method press the upshift
button with the clutch pedal pressed and the shuttle
lever in neutral. The lower central display will change
to show the selected test method (1, 2 or 3) for one
second. The quick fill test methods are:
1. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure to
provide the torque path through the transmis-
sion and after the clutch being adjusted will be
applied at its CAL_P_NOM pressure.
2. A clutch will be applied at low pressure, then
a second clutch will be applied at low pres-
sure together with the one to be adjusted at its
CAL_P_NOM pressure.
3. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure
and at the same time the clutch being cali-
brated will be applied at its CAL_P_NOM pres-
sure.
To test the quick fill, leave the shuttle lever out of neu-
tral and fully release the clutch pedal. To re-test the same
clutch, depress the clutch pedal and release it again.

Channel 4 - Clutch Pressure Test


Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position.
NOTE: The display will show 'U23' if the test is started with
the shuttle lever in the neutral position.
Select the clutch to be tested by pressing the transmission
upshift button. Each time the upshift button is pressed the
lower central display will show the next available clutch that
can be tested.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 589
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The clutch pedal is used to select the test pressure.


• If the clutch pedal position is less than 30 %
then the pressure is set to 0 bar.
• At 30 % pedal travel the clutch pressure is set
to 1 bar and this rises linearly to 20 bar as the
clutch pedal is lifted to the 75 % position.
• Above 75 % of clutch pedal travel the pressure
is set to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
• If the A clutch was selected for the test then as
the clutch pedal is raised from fully depressed
to fully released the display will show 'A0' rising
to 'A20' and then 'A24'. BAIL06CCM477AVA 7

Pressing the downshift switch will turn on the selected


valve at the pressure determined by the clutch pedal
position.

Channel 5 - Clutch Switch Adjustment


NOTE: This channel is an alternative to channel 1 for adjusting the clutch switch. The transmission is enabled in this
state.
Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The lower
central display will show 'n' if the lever is in neutral.

BAIL10CVT331AVC 8

When the lower central display shows 'CP', cycle the clutch
pedal.

BAIL10CVT331AVD 9

When the clutch pedal is released the lower central display


will show a value in the range 8 to 14 if the switch is cor-
rectly adjusted.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 590
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the lower central display


will show 'CL' if clutch pedal switch adjustment screw is to
be turned clockwise or 'CCL' if the screw is to be turned
counter-clockwise.

BAIL10CVT331AVE 10

Adjust the screw in the direction indicated on the display


and cycle the clutch pedal and the procedure until the dis-
play shows the correct value.

Channel 6 - Self Bed in of Clutches


Enter this channel with the engine running, the trans-
mission in neutral, hand brake on, engine rpm free (any
speed), PTO free to be used (no ground speed, if engaged
error), clutch pedal up, creeper not engaged, no 19th gear.
The lower central display will show 'rdY'.

BAIL10CVT331AVF 11

Press and release the downshift button to start the proce-


dure.
Press and release the downshift button to stop the proce-
dure.

Channel 7- PWM Valve Test


NOTE: This channel is used to test the PWM valves in conjunction with the Electronic Service Tool.
This procedure can be used to test the valves for the
following solenoids:
• A, B, C, D, E, F1, F2, F3, R and the PTO valve.
There are two tests that can be performed for each valve;
a ramp test and a step test.
Additionally there is test that can be performed to check the
reaction of the accumulator.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 591
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

In order to perform the tests the following conditions


must be met:-
• Operator is in the seat
• Handbrake applied
• Engine speed set to 1200 RPM ± 100 RPM.
• Transmission oil temperature between 45 - 55
°C.
NOTE: In the event of any of these conditions not being
met then a 'U' code will be displayed and the test will not
be allowed to be performed until appropriate action has
been taken. For further information on the 'U' codes refer
to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).

Ramp Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch pedal
and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the valves avail-
able for testing. Use forwards to move up through the
valves and reverse to move down. The lower central dis-
play will show the current selection.

BAIL10CVT304AVA 12

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal fully
released the ramp test is performed for the selected valve
by pressing and holding the transmission upshift button.
The test will ramp up the current to the selected solenoid
from zero to maximum current over a period of 10 seconds.
Maximum current will be maintained for 1 second before
ramping back down to zero over a further 10 second period.
As the test proceeds the instrument cluster will show a
value corresponding to the percentage of maximum cur-
rent being applied to the solenoid, rising from 0 - 100 %
and then back to 0 % .
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the lower
central display and the upshift button can be released.
NOTE: The upshift button must be kept pressed during the
ramp test. If the button is released then the test will be ter-
minated and the current in the solenoid will return to zero.

BAIL10CVT331AVA 13

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 592
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Step Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch pedal
and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the valves avail-
able for testing. Use forwards to move up through the
valves and reverse to move down. The lower central dis-
play will show the current selection.

BAIL10CVT304AVA 14

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal fully
released the step test is performed for the selected valve
by pressing and holding the transmission downshift button.
The test will a step from zero to maximum current to the
selected solenoid. Maximum current will be maintained for
1.2 seconds and then be turned off for 1.5 seconds. This
cycle will then be performed twice.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show a
count from '1' to '4', corresponding to the steps in the test.
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the lower
central display and the downshift button can be released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the ramp test. If the button is released then the test will
be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return to
zero.

BAIL10CVT328AVC 15

Accumulator Test
Select the accumulator test by depressing the clutch pedal
and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the valves avail-
able for testing until 'Acc' is shown on the lower central dis-
play.

BAIL10CVT331AVH 16

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal fully
released the accumulator test is performed by pressing and
holding the transmission downshift button.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 593
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The test will turn on the F1, F2 and F3 solenoids with max-
imum current for a period of 1 second then turn them off for
a further 1 second. This cycle will be performed 5 times.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show a
count from "1" to "10", corresponding to the steps in the
test.
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the lower
central display and the downshift button can be released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the accumulator test. If the button is released then the test
will be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return
to zero.
BAIL10CVT323AVC 17

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 594
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes


Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Range Command without Sidewinder

NOTE: This menu is only for special vehicle tests to check clutch switch adjustment and hydraulic pressures.

H7 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM103FVA 1

Select the H7 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.


The lower central display will show “Ch _ _”

BAIL11CCM102AVA 2

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description


Ch 1 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 2 Manual clutch adjustment

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 595
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Number Description


Ch 3 Manual quickfill adjustment
Ch 4 Clutch pressure test
Ch 5 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 6 Synchroniser test
Ch 7 Self bed in of clutches
Ch 8 PWM valve test

Channel 1 - Clutch Switch Adjustment


NOTE: This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and switch status. In addition it also displays the oil
temperature.
The transmission is enabled in this state.
Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The clutch
pedal position is displayed as a percentage of the travel
(0-99), with 'O' or 'C' in the upper digit indicating whether
the clutch pedal switch is open or closed. This is useful for
evaluating the clutch pedal switch adjustment and also the
inching bite point.
NOTE: The shuttle lever must be in the forward position for
the clutch pedal switch status to change.

BAIL06CCM469AVA 3

The oil temperature, in degrees C, is displayed when the


clutch pedal has been in the full up position (above 97 %)
for more than 5 seconds. When the clutch is depressed
to below 98 % the display will immediately switch back to
show the clutch pedal position.
The oil temperature can also be displayed when the clutch
pedal is full up or full down by pressing and holding the
upshift or downshift switch.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 4

Channel 2 - Manual Clutch Adjustment


NOTE: This channel is used to manually adjust and test the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the clutch
pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. Shifting the shuttle lever
into reverse will select the R clutch. Cycling between neu-
tral and forward will cycle through the other clutches.
The lower central display will show the clutch letter for 1
second and then show the calibration value.

BAIL06CCM472AVA 5

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 596
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The calibration values can then be adjusted using the up-


shift and downshift buttons.
To test the calibration, leave the shuttle lever out of neutral
and fully release the clutch pedal. Two clutches will be
applied at low pressure to provide a torque path through
the transmission, then the clutch that is being adjusted will
be applied at its bite point pressure so that it should just
begin to engage. To re-test the same clutch, depress the
clutch pedal slightly and release it again.

Channel 3 - Manual Quick Fill Adjustment


Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the clutch
pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. The neutral button on
the shuttle lever must be pressed between shuttle cycles.
Shifting the shuttle lever to reverse will select the R clutch.
Cycling between neutral and forward will cycle through the
other clutches. The lower central display will show the
clutch letter followed by the quick fill setting.

BAIL06CCM474AVA 6

The quick fill settings can be adjusted using the upshift and
downshift buttons with the shuttle lever in neutral and the
clutch released.
The quick fill value can be tested in one of three
methods. To select the test method press the upshift
button with the clutch pedal pressed and the shuttle
lever in neutral. The lower central display will change
to show the selected test method (1, 2 or 3) for one
second. The quick fill test methods are:
1. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure to
provide the torque path through the transmis-
sion and after the clutch being adjusted will be
applied at its CAL_P_NOM pressure.
2. A clutch will be applied at low pressure, then
a second clutch will be applied at low pres-
sure together with the one to be adjusted at its
CAL_P_NOM pressure.
3. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure
and at the same time the clutch being cali-
brated will be applied at its CAL_P_NOM pres-
sure.
To test the quick fill, leave the shuttle lever out of neu-
tral and fully release the clutch pedal. To re-test the same
clutch, depress the clutch pedal and release it again.

Channel 4 - Clutch Pressure Test


Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position.
NOTE: The display will show 'U23' if the test is started with
the shuttle lever in the neutral position.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 597
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Select the clutch to be tested by pressing the transmission


upshift button. Each time the upshift button is pressed the
lower central display will show the next available clutch that
can be tested.
• If the clutch pedal position is less than 30 %
then the pressure is set to 0 bar.
• At 30 % pedal travel the clutch pressure is set
to 1 bar and this rises linearly to 20 bar as the
clutch pedal is lifted to the 75 % position.
• Above 75 % of clutch pedal travel the pressure
is set to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
• If the A clutch was selected for the test then as
the clutch pedal is raised from fully depressed
to fully released the display will show 'A0' rising
to 'A20' and then 'A24'.

BAIL06CCM477AVA 7

Pressing the downshift switch will turn on the selected


valve at the pressure determined by the clutch pedal
position.

Channel 5 - Clutch Switch Adjustment


NOTE: This channel is an alternative to channel 1 for adjusting the clutch switch. The transmission is enabled in this
state.
1. Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The
lower central display will show 'n' if the lever is in
neutral.

BAIL10CVT331AVC 8

When the lower central display shows 'CP', cycle the clutch
pedal.

BAIL10CVT331AVD 9

When the clutch pedal is released the lower central display


will show a value in the range 8 to 14 if the switch is cor-
rectly adjusted.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 598
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the lower central display


will show 'CL' if clutch pedal switch adjustment screw is to
be turned clockwise or 'CCL' if the screw is to be turned
counter-clockwise.

BAIL10CVT331AVE 10

Adjust the screw in the direction indicated on the display


and cycle the clutch pedal and the procedure until the dis-
play shows the correct value.

Channel 6 - Synchroniser Test


Enter this channel with the engine running and the trans-
mission in neutral.
With the clutch pedal released the mid/reverse synchro-
niser will be tested.
Press and hold the downshift button to display the ‘Mid’
position as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The lower central display will show ‘B’ followed by a value
of approximately 25 %.

BAIL10CVT166AVC 11

Press and hold the upshift button to display the ‘Reverse’


position as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The lower central display will show ‘r’ followed by a value
of approximately 75 %.

BAIL10CVT166AVD 12

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 599
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Press and hold both buttons to return the syncro to the


neutral position.
The lower central display will show ‘n’ followed by a value
of approximately 50 %.

BAIL10CVT166AVE 13

With the clutch pedal depressed the low/high synchroniser


will be tested. If the display shows ‘Err’ when the clutch
pedal is depressed then release the pedal and ensure that
the mid/reverse synchroniser is in the neutral position.

BAIL10CVT331AVK 14

Press and hold the downshift button to display the ‘Low’


position as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The lower central display will show ‘A’ followed by a value
of approximately 25 %.

BAIL10CVT166AVF 15

Press and hold the upshift button to display the ‘High’ po-
sition as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The lower central display will show ‘C’ followed by a value
of approximately 75 %.

BAIL10CVT166AVG 16

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 600
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Press and hold both buttons to return the syncro to the


neutral position.
The lower central display will show ‘n’ followed by a value
of approximately 50 %.

BAIL10CVT166AVE 17

Release the clutch pedal. If the display shows ‘Err’ when


the clutch pedal is released then depress the pedal and
ensure that the low/high synchroniser is in the neutral po-
sition.

BAIL10CVT331AVK 18

Channel 7 - Self Bed in of Clutches


Enter this channel with the engine running, the trans-
mission in neutral, hand brake on, engine rpm free (any
speed), PTO free to be used (no ground speed, if engaged
error), clutch pedal up, creeper not engaged, no 19th gear.
The lower central display will show 'rdY'.

BAIL10CVT331AVF 19

Press and release the downshift button to start the proce-


dure.
Press and release the downshift button to stop the proce-
dure.

Channel 8 - PWM Valve Test


NOTE: This channel is used to test the PWM valves in conjunction with the Electronic Service Tool.
This procedure can be used to test the valves for the
following solenoids:
• A, B, C, D, E, and the PTO valve.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 601
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

There are two tests that can be performed for each valve;
a ramp test and a step test.
Additionally there is test that can be performed to check the
reaction of the accumulator.
In order to perform the tests the following conditions
must be met:-
• Operator is in the seat
• Handbrake applied
• Engine speed set to 1200 RPM ± 100 RPM.
• Transmission oil temperature between 45 - 55
°C.
• The transmission synchronisers must be cali-
brated
NOTE: In the event of any of these conditions not being
met then a 'U' code will be displayed and the test will not
be allowed to be performed until appropriate action has
been taken. For further information on the 'U' codes refer
to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).

Ramp Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch pedal
and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the valves avail-
able for testing. Use forwards to move up through the
valves and reverse to move down. The lower central dis-
play will show the current selection.

BAIL10CVT304AVA 20

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal fully
released the ramp test is performed for the selected valve
by pressing and holding the transmission upshift button.
The test will ramp up the current to the selected solenoid
from zero to maximum current over a period of 10 seconds.
Maximum current will be maintained for 1 second before
ramping back down to zero over a further 10 second period.
As the test proceeds the instrument cluster will show a
value corresponding to the percentage of maximum cur-
rent being applied to the solenoid, rising from 0 - 100 %
and then back to 0 % .

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 602
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the lower


central display and the upshift button can be released.
NOTE: The upshift button must be kept pressed during the
ramp test. If the button is released then the test will be ter-
minated and the current in the solenoid will return to zero.

BAIL10CVT331AVA 21

Step Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch pedal
and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the valves avail-
able for testing. Use forwards to move up through the
valves and reverse to move down. The lower central dis-
play will show the current selection.

BAIL10CVT304AVA 22

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal fully
released the step test is performed for the selected valve
by pressing and holding the transmission downshift button.
The test will a step from zero to maximum current to the
selected solenoid. Maximum current will be maintained for
1.2 seconds and then be turned off for 1.5 seconds. This
cycle will then be performed twice.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show a
count from '1' to '4', corresponding to the steps in the test.
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the lower
central display and the downshift button can be released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the ramp test. If the button is released then the test will
be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return to
zero.

BAIL10CVT328AVC 23

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 603
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Accumulator Test
Select the accumulator test by depressing the clutch pedal
and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the valves avail-
able for testing until 'Acc' is shown on the lower centra dis-
play.

BAIL10CVT331AVH 24

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal fully
released the accumulator test is performed by pressing and
holding the transmission downshift button.
The test will turn on the C, D and E solenoids with maximum
current for a period of 1 second then turn them off for a
further 1 second. This cycle will be performed 5 times.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show a
count from "1" to "10", corresponding to the steps in the
test.
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the lower
central display and the downshift button can be released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the accumulator test. If the button is released then the test
will be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return
to zero.
BAIL10CVT323AVC 25

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 604
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H8 - Clear stored calibration


information (EEPROM) Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

NOTE: This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
NOTE: EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is
no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: In order to change any configuration settings the H3 menu must be used. These settings will be unaffected
by performing an H8 operation.
NOTE: Use the HC menu if it is required to erase all stored error codes without erasing calibration information.

H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM104FVA 1

NOTE: If the controller identifier "RY" “RZ” screen is selected the settings for the entire module will be erased, if one
of the sub-system screens is selected, i.e. transmission in this example, only the transmission settings will be erased.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 605
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Select the sub-system to be erased by depressing the "dim-


ming" button.
The lower central display will show “EECL".

BAIL11CCM106AVA 3

ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibration values and stored fault codes.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the resetting of
the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then
“EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.

BVE0121A 5

Turn the keystart OFF to allow the reset values to be stored.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 606
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic


T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

NOTE: This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current
circuits.
NOTE: If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.

H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM108FVA 1

1. Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming"


The lower central display will show “ch _ _"

BAIL11CCM110AVA 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 607
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.
The voltage values displayed in this table are represented
in milli-Volts (e.g. 12000 = 12 V)
The current values displayed in this table are represented
in milli-Amps (e.g. 200 = 200 mA)
Where a voltage of 12000 is quoted in the typical reading
column this refers to the nominal battery voltage. The ac-
tual value will vary according to the condition of the battery.
Use channel 200 to obtain the actual battery voltage.

Channel Connector Pin Number Description Typical Reading


Number
Ch 1 X097 (CN4) 20 Clutch pedal sensor 75 - released
29 - depressed
Ch 2 X093 (CN1B) 14 Transmission oil temperature 75 % at 40 °C
Ch 3 X093 (CN1B) 11 PTO fuse sense 99
Ch 5 X093 (CN1B) 16 + 5 V sensor supply 48
Ch 6 X093 (CN1B) 25 + 8 V sensor supply 79
X092 (CN1A) 01
Ch 7 X092 (CN1A) 02 + 12 V F voltage source 45
X092 (CN1A) 03
Ch 8 X092 (CN1A) 08 + 12 V D voltage source 45 (with transmission
in forward or reverse)
Ch 9 X092 (CN1A) 20 + 12 V H voltage source 45
Ch 10 X095 (CN3B) 25
+ 12 V T voltage source 45
X095 (CN3B) 34
Ch 11 X097 (CN4) 09 Seat switch 69 - operator in seat
36 - operator out of
seat
Ch 12 X093 (CN1B) 34 Transmission output speed 8 or 50 (engine not
sensor running)
Ch 13 X095 (CN3B) 22 Flywheel speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 29 X094 (CN3A) 09 Creeper position potentiometer 26- off
54 - on
Ch 30 X091 (CN2) 04 EDC raise solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 31 X091 (CN2) 05 EDC lower solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 32 X093 (CN1B) 02 Lift arm position potentiometer 6- lowered
79 - raised
Ch 33 via CAN — Position control potentiometer 10- lowered
88 - raised
Ch 34 via CAN — Drop rate potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 35 via CAN — Height limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 36 via CAN — Sensitivity potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 37 via CAN — Slip limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 38 X093 (CN1B) 09 Right-hand draft load pin 46
Ch 39 X093 (CN1B) 10 Left -hand draft load pin 46

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 608
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Connector Pin Number Description Typical Reading


Number
Ch 40 via CAN — Draft load potentiometer 10 - anti-clockwise
88 - clockwise
Ch 41 X094 (CN3A) 07 EDC raise switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 42 X094 (CN3A) 26 EDC lower switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 43 X091 (CN2) 08 Clutch A solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 44 X091 (CN2) 01 Clutch B solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 45 X091 (CN2) 05 Clutch C solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 46 X954 (CN2) 03 Clutch D solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 47 X095 (CN3B) 01 Clutch E solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 48 X094 (CN3A) 06 EDC raise / work fault line 99 - depressed
0 - not depressed
Ch 49 X095 (CN3B) 18 Rear PTO solenoid current 0 - when off
99 - when on
Ch 52 X095 (CN3B) 02 Creeper solenoid current 0 - clutch off
99 - clutch on
Ch 58 X095 (CN3B) 03 Low range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 59 X091 (CN2) 07 Mid range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 60 X091 (CN2) 02 High range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 61 X091 (CN2) 13 19th gear solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 62 X095 (CN3B) 10 19th gear dump solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 66 X095 (CN3B) 04 Reverse range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 76 X093 (CN1B) 12 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 77 X093 (CN1B) 13 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 81 X094 (CN3A) 10 Upshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 82 X094 (CN3A) 11 Downshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 90 via CAN — Hand throttle 0 - at idle
100 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 91 X093 (CN1B) 01 Foot throttle potentiometer 10 - at idle
85 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 96 X091 (CN2) 20 PTO speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 109 X093 (CN1B) 07 Transmission oil pressure sensor —
Ch 133 X091 (CN2) 14 PTO twist sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 143 via CAN — Proportional joystick —

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 609
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Connector Pin Number Description Typical Reading


Number
Ch 1 X097 (CN4) 20 Clutch pedal sensor 75 - released
29 - depressed
Ch 2 X093 (CN1B) 14 Transmission oil temperature 75 % at 40 °C
Ch 3 X093 (CN1B) 11 PTO fuse sense 99
Ch 5 X093 (CN1B) 16 + 5 V sensor supply 48
Ch 6 X093 (CN1B) 25 + 8 V sensor supply 79
X092 (CN1A) 01
Ch 7 X092 (CN1A) 02 + 12 V F voltage source 45
X092 (CN1A) 03
Ch 8 X092 (CN1A) 08 + 12 V D voltage source 45 (with transmission
in forward or reverse)
Ch 9 X092 (CN1A) 20 + 12 V H voltage source 45
Ch 10 X095 (CN3B) 25
+ 12 V T voltage source 45
X095 (CN3B) 34
Ch 11 X097 (CN4) 09 Seat switch 69 - operator in seat
36 - operator out of
seat
Ch 12 X093 (CN1B) 34 Transmission output speed 8 or 50 (engine not
sensor running)
Ch 13 X095 (CN3B) 22 Flywheel speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 29 X094 (CN3A) 09 Creeper position potentiometer 26- off
54 - on
Ch 30 X091 (CN2) 04 EDC raise solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 31 X091 (CN2) 05 EDC lower solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 32 X093 (CN1B) 02 Lift arm position potentiometer 6- lowered
79 - raised
Ch 33 via CAN — Position control potentiometer 10- lowered
88 - raised
Ch 34 via CAN — Drop rate potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 35 via CAN — Height limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 36 via CAN — Sensitivity potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 37 via CAN — Slip limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 38 X093 (CN1B) 09 Right-hand draft load pin 46
Ch 39 X093 (CN1B) 10 Left -hand draft load pin 46
Ch 40 via CAN — Draft load potentiometer 10 - anti-clockwise
88 - clockwise
Ch 41 X094 (CN3A) 07 EDC raise switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 42 X094 (CN3A) 26 EDC lower switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 43 X091 (CN2) 08 Clutch A solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 44 X091 (CN2) 01 Clutch B solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 45 X091 (CN2) 05 Clutch C solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 46 X091 (CN2) 03 Clutch D solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 47 X095 (CN3B) 01 Clutch E solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 610
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Connector Pin Number Description Typical Reading


Number
Ch 48 X094 (CN3A) 06 EDC raise / work fault line 99 - depressed
0 - not depressed
Ch 49 X095 (CN3B) 18 Rear PTO solenoid current 0 - when off
99 - when on
Ch 52 X095 (CN3B) 02 Creeper solenoid current 0 - clutch off
99 - clutch on
Ch 58 X095 (CN3B) 03 Low range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 59 X091 (CN2) 07 Mid range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 60 X091 (CN2) 02 High range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 61 X091 (CN2) 13 19th gear solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 62 X095 (CN3B) 10 19th gear dump solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 66 X095 (CN3B) 04 Reverse range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 71 X094 (CN3A) 02 Mid / reverse synchroniser 16 in mid
position sensor 42 in neutral
70 in reverse
Ch 74 X097 (CN4) 14 Low / high synchroniser position 16 in high
sensor 42 in neutral
70 in low
Ch 75 X097 (CN4) 01 Range switch —
Ch 76 X093 (CN1B) 12 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 77 X093 (CN1B) 13 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 81 X094 (CN3A) 10 Upshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 82 X094 (CN3A) 11 Downshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 90 via CAN — Hand throttle 0 - at idle
100 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 91 X093 (CN1B) 01 Foot throttle potentiometer 10 - at idle
85 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 96 X091 (CN2) 20 PTO speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 109 X093 (CN1B) 07 Transmission oil pressure sensor —
Ch 133 X091 (CN2) 14 PTO twist sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 143 via CAN — Proportional joystick —

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 611
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - HA - Demonstration mode


Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

The HA demonstration mode allows the engine power


boost feature to be activated.

HA Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM112FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 612
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

BAIL11CCM114FVA 2

Engine Power Boost Demonstration


Start the engine and allow it to idle.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HA and the engine
symbol on the RY controller. Use the "h", "m" and "dim-
ming" buttons on the instrument cluster to navigate the HH
menu's to HA and the engine symbol on the RY controller.
The upper section of the display will show "Pbd" (power
boost demo).

BAIL11CCM113AVA 3

Power boost will work as normal but now you can use the
decrease CRPM switch to turn off the power boost and the
increase to turn it on.
NOTE: The power boost will only come on if the correct
parameters are set under normal operation.
Turn the keystart OFF to return to normal operation.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 613
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - HB - Display stored fault


codes Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

NOTE: This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
NOTE: A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HB Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM116FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 614
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

BAIL11CCM117FVA 2

Select the required sub-system by depressing the "dim-


ming" button.
The lower central display will show "_ _ _", if no fault codes
are stored.

BAIL11CCM118AVA 3

The lower central display will show "F", if any fault codes
are stored.

BVF1088A 5

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 615
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The display will then automatically cycle through as the


example:
3001 Fault code
107 Hour of first occurrence
107 Hour of last occurrence
1 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL11CCM120AVA 6

Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault


code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end of
the list.

BAIL06CCM487AVA 7

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating


through the “HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 616
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - HC - Clear all stored fault


codes Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

This menu can be used to:


• Clear all fault codes stored in all sub-systems
in the universal controller
• Clear all fault codes stored in a specific sub-
system in the universal controller

HC Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM121FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 617
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

BAIL11CCM122FVA 2

NOTE: Always make a note of the stored fault codes before clearing.
Select the HC menu on the RY controller, or the desired
sub-system (engine in this example), by depressing the
“dimming" button. Select the HC menu on the RZ con-
troller, or the desired sub-system (engine in this example),
by depressing the “dimming" button.
The lower central display will show "F CL".

BAIL11CCM123AVA 3

Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing of


the memory.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 618
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be


displayed to indicate the fault codes have been cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.

BVE0121A 5

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating


through the “HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 619
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - HE - Display frequency inputs


Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

NOTE: This menu is used to check the operation of the control module’s frequency inputs.
NOTE: All vehicle sub-systems are operable during this procedure.

HE Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM125FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 620
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

BAIL11CCM126FVA 2

Select the HE menu by depressing the “dimming" button.


The lower central display will show "ch _ _"

BAIL11CCM127AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and


“m" buttons.
After a delay the reading for the chosen channel will be
shown, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel and its corresponding typical reading).

Channel Number Description Typical Reading


Ch 1 Transmission output speed
Ch 2 Radar
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Rear PTO speed
Ch 5 Not used
Ch 6 Mid speed sensor
Ch 7 PTO angle
Ch 8 Engine flywheel
Ch 9 PTO twist

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 621
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Number Description Typical Reading


Ch 1 Transmission output speed
Ch 2 Radar
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Rear PTO speed
Ch 5 CDE speed sensor
Ch 6 Not used
Ch 7 PTO angle
Ch 8 Engine flywheel
Ch 9 PTO twist

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the


"HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 622
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - HF - View controller hardware


information Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HF Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM129FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 623
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

BAIL11CCM130FVA 2

Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" button.


The display will automatically cycle through as the exam-
ple:
0725 Hardware identification
0400 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.

BAIL11CCM131AVA 3

NOTE: The last three sets of 4 digits displayed represent the 12 digit module serial number. This number should
correspond to the serial number shown on the module’s label. Note that the serial number shown on the display will
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 30010376.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 624
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Central Control Unit - HJ - Electronic hydraulic


remote control valve number programming Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

NOTE: Each EHR valve has its own built in processor. The processor stores in its memory the valve’s number within
the EHR block, i.e. whether it is valve number 1, 2, or 3. If it becomes necessary to replace a valve assembly then
it becomes necessary to reprogram the number of each valve within the complete valve assembly. Replacement
valve assemblies are supplied with no number assigned. To reprogram the valve number sequence use the following
procedure.

HJ Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11CCM132FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 625
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

BAIL11CCM133FVA 2

With all the front remote valves connected to the harness,


select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
The lower central display will show "EEhr".

BAIL11CCM135AVA 3

Depress and hold the "m" button, the lower central display
will count down from 5 to 1, and finally show "CEhr", indi-
cating the valve numbers have been cleared.

BAIL11CCM134AVA 5

Turn the keystart OFF.


Disconnect the harness from all the valves apart from num-
ber 1.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 626
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Turn the keystart on and navigate to the HJ menu again.


The lower central display will momentarily show "Ehr_" fol-
lowed by "Ehr1", an audible bleep will indicate that the
valve has been recognised and renumbered.

BAIL10CVT328AVA 6

The lower central display will flash "Ehr2" indicating the


controller is ready for the next valve to be connected.

BAIL10CVT329AVA 7

Reconnect each valve in the correct order. As each valve


is reconnected an audible bleep will signify that the valve
is recognised and the display will change to show the next
valve number to be reconnected until all the valves have
been connected.

NOTE: Make sure that the audible beep has been heard or the display has changed to indicate that the next valve is
ready to be reconnected.
If less than the maximum number of valves are fitted, the
renumbering sequence can be exited by depressing and
holding the "m" button until "End" is shown.
If the maximum number of valves are fitted the procedure
will end automatically once the last valve has been renum-
bered and "End" will be shown.

BAIL10CVT331AVA 8

Turn the keystart OFF to store the new valve numbers.

NOTE: If, following this procedure, a "U" code is displayed, refer to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 627
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H1 - Calibration


procedures
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

This menu displays the configurations available for:

Front Axle Suspension

Front Hitch

H1 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH255FVB 1

Suspended Front Axle Calibration


NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Disconnect all implements
and set the shuttle lever to neutral. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Dependent on the failure, the Automatic Calibration procedure may have to be repeated two or three times to
vent all the air out of the hydraulics.
NOTE: On a new module or following a H8, clear module settings procedure, the front suspension is defaulted to 'Not
enabled'. The suspension needs to be enabled in the H3 menu mode otherwise the suspension will not calibrate.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 628
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-


nostic socket (1) and start the engine.

BAIL06CCM213AVA 2

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument


cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the suspension
symbol on the U1 controller. "CAL" will be displayed for a
few seconds.

BAIL11APH293AVA 3

Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM.


Press and hold the suspension lockout switch for two sec-
onds. The lower central display will show "ACP" indicat-
ing the automatic calibration procedure has been activated,
the indicator lamp on the switch will also flash.

BAIL09HHP270AVA 4

The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve for 10 sec-
onds, at the same time the axle height position will be dis-
played by a three figure number on the instrument cluster
(0-999).
The ACP will activate the raise valve and the unload level-
ling valve until the front axle reaches the maximum height
for a period of 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this maximum height will then
be stored.

NOTE: When the axle reaches the maximum position the hydraulic pump will reach the high pressure standby pres-
sure.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 629
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve until the
front axle reaches the minimum height for a period of 4
seconds.
The potentiometer value at this minimum height will then
be stored.

BAIL08CVT315 5

The ACP will activate the raise and unload levelling valves
until the front axle reaches the nominal position.
The lower central display will show "End" when the ACP
has finished.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 6

All components of the suspension system are now cali-


brated.
Set engine to low idle and key OFF to store the calibration
values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration, a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A)
NOTE: If the calibration procedure needs to be stopped,
press the suspension switch once.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 630
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Front Hitch Calibration


NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Check that the ground speed
display is zero before commencing. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor is stationary.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-
nostic socket (1).

BAIL06CCM213AVA 7

Turn the height set control to the OFF position.


Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the front hitch
symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL11APH294AVA 8

Turn the height set control to the ON position and then back
to the OFF position.
The display will change to "FHc" for 2 seconds and the cur-
rent potentiometer position will show on the lower central
display.

BAIL10CVT133AVA 9

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 631
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Lower the front hitch to it's lowest position.


When the end stop is reached, turn the height set control to
the ON (1) position and then back to the OFF (2) position.

BAIL09CCM070AVA 10

The bottom value position is recorded and displayed in the


lower central display for 2 seconds.
Raise the front hitch to it's highest position.
When the end stop is reached, turn the height set control to
the ON (1) position and then back to the OFF (2) position.

BAIL09CCM070AVA 11

The top value position is recorded and displayed in the


lower central display for 2 seconds.
The display will then show "End" to indicate that the cali-
bration process has been completed successfully.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 12

Key OFF to store the calibration values.


NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A).

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 632
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H2 - View stored


calibration values
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

This menu displays the configurations available for:

Front Axle Suspension

Front Hitch

H2 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH256FVB 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 633
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

SUSPENSDED FRONT AXLE VALUES


Select the front axle suspension sub-system by depressing
the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH258AVA 2

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.
The lower central display will display "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
channel followed by the stored calibration values (refer to
the table below for the description of each channel).

Channel Description Code Value Range


Ch 1 Front axle upper limit u 512 - 972
Front axle lower limit d 150 - 512

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating


through the "HH" menus.

FRONT HITCH VALUES


Select the front hitch sub-system by depressing the "dim-
ming" button.

BAIL11APH259AVA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 634
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will display "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 5

After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
channel followed by the stored calibration values (refer to
the table below for the description of each channel).

Channel Description Code Value Range


Ch 1 Front hitch upper limit u 700 - 963
Front hitch lower limit d 41 - 400

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating


through the "HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 635
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H3 - Configurations


and options
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

This menu displays the configurations available for:

Front Axle Suspension


Ch.1 Enable / Disable front axle suspension

Front Hitch
Ch.1 Enable / Disable front hitch
Ch.2 Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches

Front PTO
Ch.1 Enable / Disable front PTO

H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH260FVB 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 636
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION OPTIONS


Select the front axle suspension sub-system by depressing
the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH262AVA 2

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.
The lower central display will display "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
channel followed by the stored calibration values (refer to
the table below for the description of each channel).

Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front axle suspension

Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Axle Suspension


Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m"
buttons.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 637
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The options available are:


YES - Enable front axle suspension
NO - Disable front axle suspension

BAIL06CCM506AVA 4

To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m"
button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.

FRONT HITCH OPTIONS


Select the front axle suspension sub-system by depressing
the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH263AVA 5

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.
The lower central display will display "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 6

After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
channel followed by the stored calibration values (refer to
the table below for the description of each channel).

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 638
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front hitch
Ch 2 Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches

Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Hitch


Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m"
buttons.

The options available are:


YES - Enable front hitch
NO - Disable front hitch

BAIL06CCM506AVA 7

To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m"
button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Enable / Disable Front Hitch Fender Switches


Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m"
buttons.

The options available are:


YES - Enable front hitch fender switches
NO - Disable front hitch fender switches

BAIL06CCM582AVA 8

To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m"
button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 639
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating


through the "HH" menus.

FRONT PTO OPTIONS


Select the front PTO sub-system by depressing the "dim-
ming" button.

BAIL11APH264AVA 9

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.
The lower central display will display "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 10

After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
channel followed by the stored calibration values (refer to
the table below for the description of each channel).

Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front PTO

Channel 1- Enable / Disable Front PTO


Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m"
buttons.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 640
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The options available are:


YES - Enable front PTO
NO - Disable front PTO

BAIL06CCM506AVA 11

To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m"
button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 641
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H4 - View software


revision level
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

Common to all sub-systems.

H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH265FVA 1

Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH266AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 642
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will automatically cycle through


the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM527AVA 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 643
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H5 - Switch operation


test
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

This menu displays a designated code when a switch tran-


sition is detected.
Common to all sub-systems.

H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH267FVA 1

Select the H5 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH268AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 644
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will display "d_ _".

BVE0047A_546 3

When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and an


audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct func-
tion.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related
wiring, while watching the display or listening for the
audible tone, to help locate the fault.

NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the "crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
down, a switch disagreement error may occur.

Identifier Controller Pin Number Switch / Input


Connector
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time
d8 X100 (CN1B) 21 Crank detect switch
d69 X100 (CN1B) 23 Front suspension pressure switch
d75 X102 (CN3A) 24 Right hand link extend switch
d76 X102 (CN3A) 25 Right hand link retract switch
d77 X100 (CN1B) 22 Front hitch external common switch
d78 X100 (CN1B) 26 Front hitch external raise switch
d79 X100 (CN1B) 19 Front hitch external lower switch
d82 X102 (CN3A) 20 EHR No. 5 retract switch
d83 X102 (CN3A) 14 EHR No. 5 extend switch
d84 X102 (CN3A) 8 Front PTO management switch
d85 X100 (CN1B) 30 EHR No. 1 time / flow switch
d86 X101 (CN3B) 30 EHR No. 2 time / flow switch
d87 X101 (CN3B) 32 EHR No. 3 time / flow switch
d88 X102 (CN3A) 15 EHR No. 4 time / flow switch
d89 X100 (CN1B) 29 Front suspension lock switch
d90 X100 (CN1B) 11 Front PTO switch (normally open)
d91 X100 (CN1B) 12 Front PTO switch (normally closed)
d92 X100 (CN1B) 18 Front hitch height limit switch
d95 X102 (CN3A) 16 EHR No. 1 motor mode switch
d96 X102 (CN3A) 17 EHR No. 2 motor mode switch
d97 X102 (CN3A) 18 EHR No. 3 motor mode switch
d98 X102 (CN3A) 19 EHR No. 4 motor mode switch
d106 X101 (CN3B) 11 Joystick front select switch
d108 X101 (CN3B) 33 Top link extend switch
d109 X101 (CN3B) 22 Top link retract switch
d115 X101 (CN3B) 31 Joystick rear select switch

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 645
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H8 - Clear stored


calibration information (EEPROM)
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram


This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes
by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes
are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no
power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.

NOTE: H8 will not change the configuration settings. The H3 menu mode must be used for this.
NOTE: To erase only the stored error codes and not affect the calibration data use the HC menu mode.

BAIL11APH269FVB 1

NOTICE: By selecting the screen display with the controller identifier "RK" displayed this will reset the EEPROM in
all the sub-systems.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 646
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

If only a specific sub-system EEPROM requires to be re-


set, select the sub-system that requires the EEPROM to be
reset by depressing the "dimming" button, as the example
shown.

BAIL11APH270AVB 2

The lower central display will display "EECL".

BVE0682A_547 3

ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the resetting of
the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then
"EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.

BVE0121A_548 4

NOTE: If the "m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Turn the keystart OFF.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 647
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H9 - Voltmeter


diagnostic
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

This menu is used to verify the operation of various poten-


tiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle'
test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the
area where the fault exists.

NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.


Common to all sub-systems.

H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH271FVA 1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 648
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH272AVA 2

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.
The lower central display will display "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
channel followed by the stored calibration values, (refer to
the table below for the description of each channel).

BAIL06CCM535AVA 4

NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that
shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.

NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.

Chan- Description Connector Pin Typical Reading


nel
5 +5 Volts voltage supply to the X100 16 48
sensors (CN1B)
7 +12 Volt VF input signal (see X099 1, 2 &3 45
explanation) (CN1A)

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 649
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Chan- Description Connector Pin Typical Reading


nel
8 +12 Volt VD input signal (see X099 8 45
explanation) (CN1A)
9 +12 Volt VH input signal (see X099 20 45
explanation) (CN1A)
10 +12 Volt VT input signal (see X101 CN3B 25 & 34 45
explanation)
14 Amperage of the front PTO solenoid X098 (CN2) 7 0 when FPTO is Off
valve 99 when FPTO is On
15 Amperage of the upper lock X098 (CN2) 6 0 when locked out
solenoid suspended front axle 30 to 55 when active
16 Amperage of the lower lock solenoid X098 (CN2) 13 0 when locked out
suspended front axle 30 to 46 when active
26 Front axle position X100 6 120 lower limit
(CN1B) 950 upper limit
27 Front hitch height control X100 3 0 lower limit
(CN1B) 99 upper limit
28 Front hitch position X100 2 10 lower limit
(CN1B) 90 upper limit

Explanations:
VF Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
suspended front axle components, i.e. Front axle lower
and lockout solenoids.
VD Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
suspended front axle raise solenoid.
VH Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to front
PTO and front hitch components, i.e. Front PTO solenoid
and front hitch height solenoid.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the controller.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 650
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HA - Demonstration


mode
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

Used to demonstrate front axle suspension.

HA Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH273FVA 1

Start the engine.


Select the HA menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH274AVA 2

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 651
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will display "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
channel followed by the stored calibration values, (refer to
the table below for the description of each channel).

Channel Description
Ch 1 Front Axle Suspension Demonstration

This demonstration mode allows the suspension to be


locked at speeds above the normal 12 Km/h automatic
engagement parameter.
The lower central display will display "FSd" (Front Axle Sus-
pension demonstration).
Use the lockout switch to lock the suspension as normal.
The light in the switch will be illuminated to indicate the front
axle suspension had been locked.

BAIL09HHP098AVA 4

NOTE: Front axle suspension demonstration will be disabled after turning the keystart OFF.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 652
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HB - Display stored


fault codes
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored


in the EEPROM of the controller. Common to all sub-sys-
tems.

HB Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH275FVB 1

Select the HB menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH276AVB 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 653
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The central display will display "_ _ _ _", if no fault is stored


in the selected sub-system.

BVF1089A_549 3

The lower central display will display "F", if a fault code is


stored in the selected sub-system.

BVF1088A_550 4

The lower central display will automatically cycle through


as the example:
• 4180 Fault code
• 01 Hour of first occurrence
• 15 Hour of last occurrence
• 23 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL06CCM541AVA 5

Depress the "h" or "m" button to change to the next fault


code in the list.
The lower central display will display "_ _ _" at the end of
the list.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 654
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HC - Clear all stored


fault codes
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

HC Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH277FVA 1

NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
Select the HC menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH278AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 655
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will display "F CL".

BVE0684A_551 3

NOTE: If the "m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the clearing of
the memory.

NOTE: The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then "EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes
have been cleared.

BVE0121A_548 4

Depress the "dimming" button. to continue navigating


through the "HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 656
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HE - Display frequency


inputs
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

Common to all sub-systems.

HE Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH279FVA 1

Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH280AVA 2

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 657
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The lower central display will display "ch - -".

BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and


"m" buttons.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.

Channel Description Typical Reading Notes


0 Not used
1 Not used
2 Not used
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 Not used
8 Not used

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating


through the "HH" menus.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 658
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HF - View controller


hardware information
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware


version and serial number to be displayed. Common to
all sub-systems.

HF Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH281FVA 1

Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

BAIL11APH282AVA 2

The lower central display will automatically cycle through


as the example:

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 659
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

• 559 Hardware identification


• 0300 Hardware version
• 0000 Hardware version
• 0000 Serial number
• 2000 Serial number
• 0145 Serial number
• and return to allow navigation of the "HH"
menus.

BAIL06CCM548AVA 3

NOTE: The last three sets of 4 digits displayed represent the 12 digit module serial number. This number should
correspond to the serial number shown on the module’s label. Note that the serial number shown on the display will
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 20000145.

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 660
Index

HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC


SYSTEMS - A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A


Monitor - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Armrest controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Isobus interface controller (TECU) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Steering controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Engine control module (ECM) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Navigation controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - Electronic schema Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 661
Control module Instrument controller - Electronic schema Enhanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - Electronic schema Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four
Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - Electronic schema Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four
Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema Midmount EHR’s, Front Axle Suspension, Front
P.T.O., Front Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Isobus interface controller (TECU) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Engine control module (ECM) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Steering controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Navigation controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module - Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module - Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Armrest controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Control module Armrest controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Control module Armrest controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 662
Control module Armrest controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Control module Armrest controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Control module Armrest controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration values Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration values Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and options Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and options Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H4 - View software revision level Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 663
Control module Central Control Unit - H5 - Switch operation test Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H6 - Vehicle information view Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) Without Sidewinder 605
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - HA - Demonstration mode Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - HB - Display stored fault codes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - HE - Display frequency inputs Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - HF - View controller hardware information Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . 623
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming Without
Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . 481
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Control module Instrument controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 664
Control module Instrument controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision level Enhanced Keypad (JA) . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Control module Instrument controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Instrument controller - HF - View controller hardware information Enhanced Keypad (JA) . . . . 179

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 665
Control module Steering controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Control module Steering controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Control module Steering controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Control module Steering controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Control module Steering controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Control module Steering controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Control module Steering controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Control module Steering controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Control module Steering controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Control module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand
Control module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Range Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand
Control module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Range Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand
Control module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Range Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H6 - Vehicle information view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand
Control module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Range Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand
Control module Universal controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Range Command with Sidewinder

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 666
Control module Universal controller - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming . . . 445
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Monitor - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 667
84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 668
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL,
ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - A

FAULT CODES - 50.A

T7.170 AutoCommand , T7.170 Power Command , T7.170 Range Command ,


T7.185 AutoCommand , T7.185 Power Command , T7.185 Range Command ,
T7.200 AutoCommand , T7.200 Power Command , T7.200 Range Command ,
T7.210 AutoCommand , T7.210 Power Command , T7.210 Range Command

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 1
Contents

HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC


SYSTEMS - A

FAULT CODES - 50.A

FUNCTIONAL DATA

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index


Reference Description Controller
10001 Upper Lockout Solenoid Error
10001 Upper Lockout Solenoid Error
10002 Raise Solenoid Error
10002 Raise Solenoid Error
10003 Lower Solenoid Error
10003 Lower Solenoid Error
10004 Front Axle Position Sensor Threshold
Higher Than Set Limit
10004 Front Axle Position Sensor Threshold
Higher Than Set Limit
10005 Front Axle Position Sensor Threshold
Lower Than Set Limit
10005 Front Axle Position Sensor Threshold
Lower Than Set Limit
10008 Go Down Error - Suspension Unable
to Return to Set Point
10008 Go Down Error - Suspension Unable
to Return to Set Point
10009 Lower Lockout Solenoid Error
10009 Lower Lockout Solenoid Error
10024 Front Suspension Not Calibrated
10024 Front Suspension Not Calibrated
1002 Radar Disconnected
1002 Radar Disconnected
1003 Speed Sensor Error
1006 Slip Control Potentiometer Error
1006 Slip Control Potentiometer Error
1009 Both External Switches Operated At
The Same Time
1009 Both External Switches Operated At
The Same Time
1010 Height Limit Potentiometer Error
1010 Height Limit Potentiometer Error
1012 Drop Rate Control Potentiometer
Error
1012 Drop Rate Control Potentiometer
Error
1014 Right Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too Low
1014 Right Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too Low
1015 Right Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too High
1015 Right Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too High
1016 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too Low
1021 Draft Sensitivity Control
Potentiometer Error
1021 Draft Sensitivity Control
Potentiometer Error
1025 Position Control Potentiometer Error
1025 Position Control Potentiometer Error
1027 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too Low

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 3
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


1027 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too Low
1033 Draft Control Potentiometer Error
1033 Draft Control Potentiometer Error
1049 Wheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
1049 Wheel speed sensor open circuit
1053 5 Volt Reference Short to +12V
1067 Hydraulic Valve Supply Voltage
Voltage Too Low
1067 Hydraulic Valve Supply Voltage
Voltage Too Low
1068 Height Limit Control Not Set To
Maximum During Calibration
1070 Hydraulic Ram Configuration Not Set
1070 Hydraulic Ram Configuration Not Set
12172 Actuator - Cable Disconnection
12189 Actuator - EPL misuse
13010 Supply Voltage 12VA - Voltage Too
Low
13011 Supply Voltage 12VB - Voltage Too
Low
13012 Supply Voltage 12VD - Voltage Too
Low
13013 Supply Voltage 12VF1 - Voltage Too
Low
13015 Supply Voltage 12VF3 - Voltage Too
Low
13016 Supply Voltage 12VH - Voltage Too
Low
13017 Supply Voltage 12VH1 - Voltage Too
Low
13018 Supply Voltage 12VM - Voltage Too
Low
13018 Supply Voltage 12VM - Voltage Too
Low
13020 Supply Voltage 12VS1 - Voltage Too
Low
13021 Supply Voltage 12VS2 - Voltage Too
Low
13022 Supply Voltage 12VT1 - Voltage Too
Low
13023 Supply Voltage 12VU1 - Voltage Too
Low
13024 Supply Voltage 12VU2 - Voltage Too
Low
14013 Steering Angle Sensor - Short Circuit
to VCC
14014 Steering Angle Sensor - Short Circuit
to Ground or Open Circuit
14015 5V Supply Voltage - Too High
14016 5V Supply Voltage - Too Low
14021 Cranking Line - Shorted to +12V
14022 Cranking Line - Shorted to Ground
14051 Fuel Level Sensor Open Circuit Or
Short To High Voltage
14052 Fuel Level Sensor Short To Ground

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 4
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


14061 Air Brake Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit to VCC or Option Set But
Sensor Not Connected
14100 Airbrake system not configured
14102 SWCD - Present But Not Configured
14106 Steering Sensor Present But Not
Configured
14300 Electronic Park Lock - Mismatch
Between CAN and Direct Frequency
Input Info
14301 Electronic Park Lock - Direct
Frequency Input Shorted To VCC Or
Open Circuit
14304 Electronic Park Lock - Status Not
Validated
14900 Transmission Controller Missing
14900 Transmission Controller Missing
14901 Engine Controller Missing (EDC16)
14902 Auxiliary Controller Missing
14904 Armrest Controller Missing (LC)
14905 Keypad Missing (JA)
14906 Steering Controller Missing (KA)
14908 TECU Missing (OA)
14909 SWCD Missing (VA)
14909 SWCD Missing (VA)
14910 Climate Controller Missing
14911 Enhanced Cluster Without Keypad
14912 Basic Cluster With Keypad
14914 Electronic Park Lock (EPL) Controller
Missing
14920 Configuration Error
15002 Steering Wheel Control Proximity
Sensor Open Circuit.
15003 Steering Wheel Control Proximity
Sensor - Short Circuit
15006 Split Valve LVDT - Open Circuit
15007 Split Valve LVDT - Short Circuit
15008 Change Valve Solenoid - Open Circuit
15009 Change Valve Solenoid - Short Circuit
Across
15010 Safety Switch Fail
15011 Maximum Engagement Time Elapsed
(5 Minutes)
15012 Split Valve Spool - Stuck Open
15013 Change Valve Or Split Valve Spools -
Stuck Closed
15014 Split Valve Spool Stuck in Transition
Zone - Unable to Identify Steering
Mode
15024 System Not Calibrated
16111 Cab Temperature Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power Plus
16112 Cab Temperature Sensor Shorted to
Ground
16113 Outlet Temperature Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power Plus

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 5
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


16114 Outlet Temperature Sensor Shorted
to Ground
16115 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Open or Shorted to Power Plus
16116 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
16117 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
Open or Shorted to Power Plus
16118 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
16120 Blower Speed Select Potentiometer
Open Or Shorted To Power
16121 Temperature Select Potentiometer
Open or Shorted to Power Plus
16122 Mode Select Potentiometer Open Or
Shorted To Power
16125 High Pressure- Low Pressure Switch
(+) Input Shorted to Power Plus
16126 High Pressure- Low Pressure Switch
(+) Input Shorted to Ground
16127 High Pressure- Low Pressure Switch
(-) Input Shorted to Power Plus
16128 High Pressure- Low Pressure Switch
(-) Input Shorted to Ground
16129 High Pressure Cycling Error (2 in 1
Minute)
16130 Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted to Power Plus
16131 Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted To Ground
16132 Low Pressure Switch (-) Input Shorted
To Power
16133 Low Pressure Switch (-) Input Shorted
To Ground
16134 Low Pressure Switch Open For
Greater Than 1 Minute
18001 Hand Throttle Number 1 - Voltage
Too Low
18002 Hand Throttle Number 1 - Voltage
Too High
18003 Hand Throttle Number 2 - Voltage
Too Low
18004 Hand Throttle Number 2 - Voltage
Too High
18005 Engine Drop Control - Voltage Too
Low
18006 Engine Drop Control - Voltage Too
High
18007 Multi-function Handle - Switch Error
18008 Multi-function Handle - Voltage Too
Low
18009 Multi-function Handle - Voltage Too
High
18010 Powershift Throttle - Voltage Too Low
18011 Powershift Throttle - Voltage Too High
18012 CVT Mode Switch Error
18013 Multi-function Handle - Encoder
Position Error

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 6
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


18014 Rear Hitch Position Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too Low
18015 Rear Hitch Position Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too High
18016 Rear Hitch Draft Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too Low
18017 Rear Hitch Draft Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too High
18018 Rear Hitch Height Limit Potentiometer
- Voltage Too Low
18019 Rear Hitch Height Limit Potentiometer
- Voltage Too High
18020 Rear Hitch Drop Rate Potentiometer
- Voltage Too Low
18021 Rear Hitch Drop Rate Potentiometer
- Voltage Too High
18022 Rear Hitch Sensitivity Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too Low
18023 Rear Hitch Sensitivity Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too High
18024 EHR Flow Encoder Position Error
18025 Rear Hitch Slip Control Potentiometer
- Voltage Too Low
18026 Rear Hitch Slip Control Potentiometer
- Voltage Too High
18027 EHR 5 Lever Position - Voltage Too
Low
18028 EHR 5 Lever Position - Voltage Too
High
18029 EHR 6 Lever Position - Voltage Too
Low
18030 EHR 6 Lever Position - Voltage Too
High
18031 Front Hitch Position / Pressure
Control Potentiometer - Voltage Too
High
18032 Front Hitch Position / Pressure
Control Potentiometer - Voltage Too
Low
18033 Front Hitch Position / Pressure Mix
Potentiometer - Voltage Too High
18034 Front Hitch Position / Pressure Mix
Potentiometer - Voltage Too Low
18035 Front Hitch Position Height Limit
Potentiometer - Voltage Too High
18036 Front Hitch Height Limit
Potentiometer - Voltage Too Low
18037 Front Hitch Height Limit Enable
Switch Error
18038 Front Hitch Position Drop Rate
Potentiometer - Voltage Too High
18039 Front Hitch Position Drop Rate
Potentiometer - Voltage Too Low
18040 EHR 1 Lever Position - Voltage Too
Low
18041 EHR 1 Lever Position - Voltage Too
High

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 7
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


18042 EHR 2 Lever Position - Voltage Too
Low
18043 EHR 2 Lever Position - Voltage Too
High
18044 EHR 3 Lever Position - Voltage Too
Low
18045 EHR 3 Lever Position - Voltage Too
High
18046 EHR Float Control Switch Error
18047 EHR 4 Lever Position - Voltage Too
Low
18048 EHR 4 Lever Position - Voltage Too
High
18049 Joystick 1 X-Axis Position - Voltage
Too Low
18050 Joystick 1 X-Axis Position - Voltage
Too High
18051 Joystick 1 Y-Axis Position - Voltage
Too Low
18052 Joystick 1 Y-Axis Position - Voltage
Too High
18053 Joystick 1 Proportional Rocker Switch
- Voltage Too Low
18054 Joystick Proportional Rocker Switch -
Voltage Too High
18055 Joystick 2 X-Axis Position - Voltage
Too Low
18056 Joystick 2 X-Axis Position - Voltage
Too High
18057 Joystick 2 Y-Axis Position - Voltage
Too Low
18058 Joystick 2 Y-Axis Position - Voltage
Too High
18059 Joystick 2 Proportional Rocker Switch
- Voltage Too Low
18060 Joystick 2 Proportional Rocker Switch
- Voltage Too High
18061 Reference Voltage - Short Circuit To
Ground
18062 Reference Voltage - Short Circuit To
12V
18063 EEEPROM Error
18064 Multi-function Handle Communication
Error
18065 Multi-function Handle Basic
Assurance Test Error
18066 EHR 1 Lever Implausibility Error
18067 EHR 2 Lever Implausibility Error
18068 EHR 3 Lever Implausibility Error
18069 EHR 4 Lever Implausibility Error
18070 EHR 5 Lever Implausibility Error
18071 EHR 6 Lever Implausibility Error
18072 EDC Mouse (Raise/Work) Switch
Fault
19003 Battery voltage sensing (electrical)
- signal high - P0563 batter voltage
evaluation - above upper limit

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 8
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


19004 Battery voltage sensing (electrical)
- signal low - P0562 battery voltage
evaluation - below lower limit
19010 Temperature sensor after catalyst
(electrical) - signal high - P042D
catalyst temperature sensor circuit
high
19011 Temperature sensor after catalyst
(electrical) - signal low - P042C
catalyst temperature sensor circuit
low
19019 Temperature sensor before catalyst
(electrical) - signal high - P0428
catalyst temperature sensor circuit
high
19020 Temperature sensor before catalyst
(electrical) - signal low - P0427
catalyst temperature sensor circuit
low
19037 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for urea
pressure sensors) - supply voltage
too high - P204D reagent - pressure
sensor - short circuit high
19038 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for urea
pressure sensors) - supply voltage
too low - P204C Reagent - pressure
sensor - short circuit low
19046 Urea pressure sensor in box
(electrical) - supply voltage error -
P204A Reagent - pressure sensor -
open circuit
19047 Urea pressure sensor in box
(electrical) - signal high - P204D
reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit high
19048 Urea pressure sensor in box
(electrical) - signal low - P204C
reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit low
19055 Urea temperature sensor in box
(electrical) - high signal - P2045
reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - short circuit high
19056 Urea temperature sensor in box
(electrical) - signal low - P2044
reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - short circuit low
19073 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2)
electrical - short to bat at UB2 with
key 15 off - P20C4 reagent - suction
tube heating - short circuit high
19074 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2)
electrical - open circuit to UB2 -
P20C1 reagent - suction tube heating
- open circuit
19075 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2)
electrical - short circuit to ground
UB2 - P20C3 reagent - suction tube
heating - short circuit low

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 9
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


19082 Voltage supply 3 - coolant control
valve and reverting valve (UB3)
electrical - short to bat at UB3
with key 15 off - P20A3 vent valve
(reductant purge control valve) - short
circuit high
19083 Voltage supply 3 - coolant control
valve and reverting valve (UB3)
electrical - open circuit to UB3 -
P20A0 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - open circuit
19084 Voltage supply 3 - coolant control
valve and reverting valve (UB3)
electrical - short circuit to ground UB3
- P20A2 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - short circuit low
19091 Monitoring VDD11/VDD25 voltage -
dosing valve/pump motor - supply
voltage VD11 low - P0659 12 volt
supply for dosing module - below
lower limit
19092 Monitoring VDD11/VDD25 voltage -
dosing valve/pump motor - supply
voltage VD11 high - P0658 12 volt
supply for dosing module - above
lower limit
19145 Dosing valve (electrical) - short circuit
to battery + - P2049 reductant injector
- circuit high
19147 Dosing valve (electrical) - open load
- P2047 reductant injector - circuit
open
19149 Dosing valve (electrical) - short circuit
to ground - P2048 reductant injector
circuit low
19154 Urea pump speed - pump motor
unplugged - P208B reagent-pump
not delivering
19155 Urea pump speed - pump motor
blocked - P208A reagent-pump
19156 Urea pump speed - pump overspeed
- P208D reagent-pump over speed
19157 Urea pump speed - hall sensors
defect - P208B reagent-pump not
delivering
19181 Reverting valve (4-2 way valve)
electrically - short circuit to battery -
P20A3 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - short circuit high
19183 Reverting valve (4-2 way valve)
electrically - open load - P20A0 vent
valve (reductant purge control valve)
- open circuit
19262 Tank heating valve - short circuit
to battery - P20B4 reagent - tank
heating valve - short circuit high
19264 Tank heating valve - open load -
P20B1 reagent - tank heating valve
- open circuit

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 10
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


19265 Tank heating valve - short circuit
to ground - P20B3 reagent - tank
heating valve - short circuit low
19290 Temperature after catalyst too low -
down stream catalyst temp - physical
(Catalyst heating time failed) - P042B
catalyst temperature sensor circuit
range/performance
19298 Urea pressure too low at system start
- urea pressure too low at system
start - P208B reagent - pump not
delivering
19307 Urea pressure too high - urea
pressure not plausible (urea pressure
too high) - P204B reagent - pressure
above threshold
19316 Urea temperature in pump module
out of range - urea temperature box
- physical (urea box temp not ok:
outside range) - P2043 reagent -
temperature sensor of pump module
out of range
19325 Urea temperature in tank out of
range - urea temperature tank -
physical (urea tank temp not ok:
outside range) - P205B reagent - tank
temperature sensor (temperature of
the reagent - solution in the tank) out
of range
19334 System frozen and not free in time
- defreezing mode and detection
errors (inlet line defreezing failed) -
P20C2 reagent - suction tube heating
- detection mode of heating
19335 System frozen and not free in time -
defreezing mode and detection errors
(pressure line defreezing failed)
- P20BE reagent - pressure tube
heating - detection mode of heating
19336 System frozen and not free in time
- defreezing mode and detection
errors (pressure build-up in detection
mode failed) - P20C5 pump module -
internal heating - open circuit
19337 System frozen and not free in time -
defreezing mode and detection errors
(back-flow line defreezing failed)
- P20B9 reagent - backflow tube
heating - open circuit
19352 Reverting valve (4-2 way valve)
mechanically - valve does not open
- P20A0 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - open circuit
19361 Battery voltage (actual value) - high
battery voltage - P0562 battery
voltage evaluation - below lower limit
19362 Battery voltage (actual value) - low
battery voltage - P0563 battery
voltage evaluation - above upper limit

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 11
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


19370 Urea pressure too low (in
commissioning status) - pump
motor error during commissioning
(pump not delivering) - P208B
reagent - pump not delivering
19379 Urea temperature too low during
commissioning - temperatures not
plausible during commissioning
19415 Empty urea tank - urea tank empty
- P203F reagent - fluid level in tank
- too low
19532 Back flow line clogged - P2063
reagent - dosing valve - short circuit
low
19541 Coolant control valve mechanically -
blocked closed - P20A1 vent valve
test plausibility test (startup)
19550 Pressure line blocked - pressure line
blocked - P209B reagent - dosing
nozzle - pressure too high
19559 Low urea level 1 (warning) - urea
level below Limit 1 - P203F reagent -
fluid level in tank - too low
19568 Low urea level 2 (warning) - urea
level below Limit 2 - P203F reagent -
fluid level in tank - too low
19577 CAN receive frame E2SCR (dosing,
exh gas flow, exh gas temp, error
suppression, heater, long term failure)
- SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal : (urea quantity not in range) -
P0600 serial communication link
19578 CAN receive frame E2SCR (dosing,
exh gas flow, exh gas temp, error
suppression, heater, long term failure)
- SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal : (dosing status not in range) -
P0600 serial communication link
19579 CAN receive frame E2SCR (dosing,
exh gas flow, exh gas temp, error
suppression, heater, long term
failure) - timeout - P0600 serial
communication link
19580 CAN receive frame E2SCR (dosing,
exh gas flow, exh gas temp, error
suppression, heater, long term failure)
- too many CAN messages - P0600
serial communication link
19581 CAN receive frame E2SCR (dosing,
exh gas flow, exh gas temp, error
suppression, heater, long term failure)
- SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal - P0600 serial communication
link
19595 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver
demand, eng speed, eng torque) -
SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal : (engine torque not in range) -
P0600 serial communication link

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 12
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


19597 CAN receive frame EEC1 (driver
demand, eng speed, eng torque) -
timeout - P0600 serial communication
link
19598 CAN receive frame EEC1 (driver
demand, eng speed, eng torque) -
too many CAN messages - P0600
serial communication link
19599 CAN receive frame EEC1 (driver
demand, eng speed, eng torque) -
SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal : (torque driver demand not in
range) - P0600 serial communication
link
19604 CAN receive frame ET1 (oil and
water temp engine) - SAE J1939
check for CAN receive signal : (oil
temperature not in range) - P0600
serial communication link
19605 CAN receive frame ET1 (oil and water
temp engine) - timeout - P0600 serial
communication link
19606 CAN receive frame ET1 (oil and
water temp engine) - too many
CAN messages - P0600 serial
communication link
19607 CAN receive frame ET1 (oil and
water temp engine) - SAE J1939
check for CAN receive signal : (water
temperature not in range) - P0600
serial communication link
19649 Urea tank level error (CAN message
or electrical with real sensor) - level
over CAN: SAE J1939 no signal
available level sensor connected
directly: sensor supply error - P203A
reagent - tank level sensor - open
circuit
19650 Urea tank level error (CAN message
or electrical with real sensor) - level
over CAN: SAE J1939 signal not
in range level sensor connected
directly: SRC high - P203D reagent -
tank level sensor - short circuit high
19651 Urea tank level error (CAN message
or electrical with real sensor) - level
over CAN: SAE J1939 erroneous
signal level sensor connected directly:
SRC low - P203C reagent - tank level
sensor - short circuit low
19721 EEPROM / checksum failures -
EEPROM write error - P062F internal
control module EEPROM error
19722 EEPROM / checksum failures - no
corresponding variant number error
- P062F internal control module
EEPROM error

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 13
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


19723 EEPROM / checksum failures -
EEPROM communication error
- P062F internal control module
EEPROM error
19724 EEPROM / checksum failures
- EEPROM detection error or
codierwort error - P062F internal
control module EEPROM error
19725 EEPROM / checksum failures - wrong
EEPROM size - P062F internal
control module EEPROM error
2005 Creeper Selection Error
2005 Creeper Selection Error
2006 No Signal From The Radar
2006 No Signal From The Radar
2006 No Signal From The Radar
2007 Low Power 5V Reference - Voltage
Too Low
2007 Low Power 5V Reference - Voltage
Too Low
2008 Low Power 5V Reference - Voltage
Too High
2008 Low Power 5V Reference - Voltage
Too High
2009 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too Low
2009 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too Low
2009 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too Low
2009 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too Low
2009 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too Low
2010 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too High
2010 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too High
2010 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too High
2010 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too High
2010 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too High
2011 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too Low
2011 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too Low
2011 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too Low
2011 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too Low
2011 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too Low
2012 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too High
2012 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too High
2012 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too High
2012 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too High
2012 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too High
2021 Transmission Harness Disconnected
2021 Transmission Harness Disconnected
2021 Transmission Harness Disconnected

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 14
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2021 Transmission Harness Disconnected
2021 Transmission Harness Disconnected
2024 All Clutches Not Calibrated
2024 All Clutches Not Calibrated
2024 All Clutches Not Calibrated
2024 All Clutches Not Calibrated
2024 All Clutches Not Calibrated
2025 Synchronizers Not Calibrated
2027 Engine Speed Too Low / No Signal
2035 Dump Solenoid - Short To 12V
2036 Dump Solenoid - Short To Ground Or
Open Circuit
2037 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch -
Open Circuit
2037 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch -
Open Circuit
2037 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch -
Open Circuit
2037 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch -
Open Circuit
2037 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch -
Open Circuit
2047 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too High
2047 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too High
2047 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too High
2047 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too High
2047 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too High
2048 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too Low
2048 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too Low
2048 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too Low
2048 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too Low
2048 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too Low
2049 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To Ground Or
Open Circuit
2049 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To Ground Or
Open Circuit
2049 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To Ground Or
Open Circuit
2049 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To Ground Or
Open Circuit
2049 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To Ground Or
Open Circuit

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 15
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2050 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To 12V
2050 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To 12V
2050 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To 12V
2050 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To 12V
2050 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To 12V
2051 Oil Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
2051 Oil Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
2051 Oil Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
2051 Oil Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
2051 Oil Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
2053 5V reference #1 - voltage too high
2053 5V reference #1 - voltage too high
2054 5V reference #1 - voltage too low
2054 5V reference #1 - voltage too low
2055 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2055 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2055 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2055 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2055 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2058 Seat Switch Closed
2058 Seat Switch Closed
2058 Seat Switch Closed
2058 Seat Switch Closed
2070 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too High
2070 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too High
2070 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too High
2070 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too High
2070 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too High
2071 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too Low
2071 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too Low
2071 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too Low
2071 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too Low
2071 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too Low
2072 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too High
2072 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too High

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 16
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2072 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too High
2072 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too High
2072 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too High
2073 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too Low
2073 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too Low
2073 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too Low
2073 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too Low
2073 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too Low
2075 Flywheel Speed Sensor Signal Error
2075 Flywheel Speed Sensor Signal Error
2075 Flywheel Speed Sensor Signal Error
2075 Flywheel Speed Sensor Signal Error
2075 Flywheel Speed Sensor Signal Error
2076 Flywheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
2076 Flywheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
2076 Flywheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
2076 Flywheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
2076 Flywheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
2079 Flywheel Speed Sensor - No Signal
2079 Flywheel Speed Sensor - No Signal
2079 Flywheel Speed Sensor - No Signal
2079 Flywheel Speed Sensor - No Signal
2079 Flywheel Speed Sensor - No Signal
2110 Momentary Shuttle Lever Neutral -
Too Low
2110 Momentary Shuttle Lever Neutral -
Too Low
2110 Momentary Shuttle Lever Neutral -
Too Low
2111 Momentary Shuttle Lever Neutral -
Too High
2111 Momentary Shuttle Lever Neutral -
Too High
2111 Momentary Shuttle Lever Neutral -
Too High
2124 Flywheel Speed Sensor Not
Calibrated
2124 Flywheel Speed Sensor Not
Calibrated

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 17
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2124 Flywheel Speed Sensor Not
Calibrated
2124 Flywheel Speed Sensor Not
Calibrated
2124 Flywheel Speed Sensor Not
Calibrated
2300 19th Gear Solenoid Open Circuit Or
Short To Ground
2300 19th Gear Solenoid Open Circuit Or
Short To Ground
2300 19th Gear Solenoid Open Circuit Or
Short To Ground
2300 19th Gear Solenoid Open Circuit Or
Short To Ground
2302 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Open Circuit Or Short To Ground
2302 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Open Circuit Or Short To Ground
2302 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Open Circuit Or Short To Ground
2302 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Open Circuit Or Short To Ground
2303 Damper Calibration - Low Error
2303 Damper Calibration - Low Error
2303 Damper Calibration - Low Error
2303 Damper Calibration - Low Error
2303 Damper Calibration - Low Error
2304 Damper Calibration - High Error
2304 Damper Calibration - High Error
2304 Damper Calibration - High Error
2304 Damper Calibration - High Error
2304 Damper Calibration - High Error
2305 19th Gear Clutch Solenoid Over
Voltage
2305 19th Gear Clutch Solenoid Over
Voltage
2305 19th Gear Clutch Solenoid Over
Voltage
2305 19th Gear Clutch Solenoid Over
Voltage
2306 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Over Voltage
2306 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Over Voltage
2306 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Over Voltage
2306 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Over Voltage
2308 Reverse not allowed
2308 Reverse not allowed
2314 Forward Pressure Switch - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
2315 Reverse Pressure Switch - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
2316 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Not Configured

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 18
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2316 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Not Configured
2316 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Not Configured
2316 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Not Configured
2317 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Configuration Error
2317 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Configuration Error
2317 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Configuration Error
2317 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Configuration Error
2323 Transmission CDE Speed Sensor -
Open Circuit
2323 Transmission CDE Speed Sensor -
Open Circuit
2323 Transmission Mid Speed Sensor -
Open Circuit
2323 Transmission Mid Speed Sensor -
Open Circuit
2324 Transmission CDE Speed Sensor -
Short Circuit To Ground
2324 Transmission CDE Speed Sensor -
Short Circuit To Ground
2324 Transmission Mid Speed Sensor -
Short To Ground
2324 Transmission Mid Speed Sensor -
Short To Ground
2325 Mid Speed Sensor And Output Wheel
Speed Sensors Swapped
2326 Engine Flywheel Speed Sensor
Swapped With Either Mid or Output
Wheel Speed Sensors
2328 No Signal From Transmission Mid
Speed Sensor
2328 No Signal From Transmission Mid
Speed Sensor
2328 Transmission CDE Speed Sensor -
No Signal
2328 Transmission CDE Speed Sensor -
No Signal
2330 Transmission Output Speed Too High
For The Selected Gear
2330 Transmission Output Speed Too High
For The Selected Gear
2331 Clutch Slipping fault
2334 Pressure Indicated On The Forward
Clutch Pressure Switches When The
Clutch Solenoids Are Off
2334 Pressure Indicated On The Forward
Clutch Pressure Switches When The
Clutch Solenoids Are Off
2335 Pressure Indicated On The Reverse
Clutch Pressure Switch When The
Clutch Solenoids Are Off
2336 Creeper fails to engage

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 19
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2336 Creeper fails to engage
2337 Creeper fails to disengage
2337 Creeper fails to disengage
2338 Creeper Potentiometer - Short Circuit
To 8V or 12V
2338 Creeper potentiometer - short circuit
to +8V or +12V
2339 Creeper Potentiometer - Open Circuit
Or Short Circuit To Ground
2339 Creeper Potentiometer - Open Circuit
Or Short Circuit To Ground
2342 Clutch A Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2342 Clutch A Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2342 Clutch A Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2342 Clutch A Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2342 Clutch A Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2343 Clutch B Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2343 Clutch B Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2343 Clutch B Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2343 Clutch B Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2343 Clutch B Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2344 Clutch C Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To ground
2344 Clutch C Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To ground
2344 Clutch C Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To ground
2344 Clutch C Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To ground
2345 Clutch D Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2345 Clutch D Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2345 Clutch D Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2345 Clutch D Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2346 Clutch E Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2346 Clutch E Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2346 Clutch E Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2347 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2347 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 20
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2347 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2347 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit or Short To Ground Or
Overvoltage
2348 Medium Range Clutch Solenoid -
Open Circuit Or Short Circuit To
Ground
2348 Medium Range Clutch Solenoid -
Open Circuit Or Short Circuit To
Ground
2348 Medium Range Clutch Solenoid -
Open Circuit Or Short To Ground Or
Overvoltage
2348 Medium range clutch solenoid - open
circuit or short circuit to ground
2349 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2349 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2349 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2349 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground Or
Overvoltage
2350 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2350 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2350 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2350 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground Or
Overvoltage
2351 Creeper Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2351 Creeper Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2351 Creeper Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2351 Creeper Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2352 Clutch A Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2352 Clutch A Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2352 Clutch A Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2352 Clutch A Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2352 Clutch A Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2353 Clutch B Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2353 Clutch B Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2353 Clutch B Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2353 Clutch B Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2353 Clutch B Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2354 Clutch C Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2354 Clutch C Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2354 Clutch C Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2354 Clutch C Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2355 Clutch D Solenoid - Voltage Too High

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 21
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2355 Clutch D Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2355 Clutch D Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2355 Clutch D Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2356 Clutch E Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2356 Clutch E Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2356 Clutch E Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2356 Clutch E Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2357 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2357 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2358 Medium Range Clutch Solenoid -
Voltage Too High
2358 Medium Range Clutch Solenoid -
Voltage Too High
2359 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2359 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2360 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2360 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2361 Creeper Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2361 Creeper Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2361 Creeper Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2361 Creeper Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2362 Clutch A Not Calibrated
2362 Clutch A Not Calibrated
2362 Clutch A Not Calibrated
2362 Clutch A Not Calibrated
2362 Clutch A Not Calibrated
2363 Clutch B Not Calibrated
2363 Clutch B Not Calibrated
2363 Clutch B Not Calibrated
2363 Clutch B Not Calibrated
2363 Clutch B Not Calibrated
2364 Clutch C Not Calibrated
2364 Clutch C Not Calibrated
2364 Clutch C Not Calibrated
2365 Clutch D Not Calibrated
2365 Clutch D Not Calibrated
2365 Clutch D Not Calibrated
2366 Clutch E Not Calibrated
2366 Clutch E Not Calibrated
2366 Clutch E Not Calibrated
2367 Low Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2367 Low Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2368 Medium Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2368 Medium Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2369 High Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2369 High Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2370 Reverse Clutch Not Calibrated
2370 Reverse Clutch Not Calibrated
2371 Creeper Position Out of Range
2372 Creeper Not Calibrated

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 22
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2372 Creeper Not Calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 Not Calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 Not Calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 Not Calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 Not Calibrated
2374 Creeper Calibration Error
2374 Creeper Calibration Error
2375 Creeper - Cold Oil
2376 Fault on 19th Gear Valve
2376 Fault on 19th Gear Valve
2377 Fault on 19th Gear Dump Valve
2377 Fault on 19th Gear Dump Valve
2380 Parklock - Unable To Reach Desired
Position
2381 Parklock - Bus Off
2382 Parklock - Bus Integrity Error
2385 Inconsistent ratio of transmission
output speed and engine speed
2385 Inconsistent ratio of transmission
output speed and engine speed
2400 Low/High Range Synchroniser Not
Calibrated or Bad Calibration
2400 Low/High Range Synchroniser Not
Calibrated or Bad Calibration
2401 Medium/Reverse Range
Synchroniser Not Calibrated or
Bad Calibration
2401 Medium/Reverse Range
Synchroniser Not Calibrated or
Bad Calibration
2403 Range Shift Synchroniser did not
Engage
2403 Range Shift Synchroniser did not
Engage
2405 Range Shift Synchroniser did not
Disengage
2405 Range Shift Synchroniser did not
Disengage
2407 Range Shift Synchroniser did not
Engage during a Shuttle Shift
2407 Range Shift Synchroniser did not
Engage during a Shuttle Shift
2410 Synchroniser did not Disengage
2410 Synchroniser did not Disengage
2412 Synchroniser did not engage previous
range after error code 2403 or 2405
2412 Synchroniser did not engage previous
range after error code 2403 or 2405
2413 Synchroniser disengaged without
driver initiation
2413 Synchroniser disengaged without
driver initiation
2414 Disable range selected by operator
2415 Medium/Reverse range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage too high
2415 Medium/Reverse range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage too high

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 23
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2416 Medium/Reverse range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage too low
2416 Medium/Reverse range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage too low
2417 Low/High range synchroniser -
Voltage too high
2417 Low/High range synchroniser -
Voltage too high
2418 Low/High range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage too low
2418 Low/High range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage too low
2419 Medium/Reverse range synchroniser
potentiometer voltage is out of
calibrated range
2419 Medium/Reverse range synchroniser
potentiometer voltage is out of
calibrated range
2420 Low/High range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage is out of
calibrated range
2420 Low/High range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage is out of
calibrated range
2425 Disable Range Selected
2500 Input Overspeed Error
2501 Oil Pressure Sensor - Open Circuit
Or Short Circuit To Ground
2501 Oil Pressure Sensor - Open Circuit
Or Short Circuit To Ground
2501 Oil Pressure Sensor - Open Circuit
Or Short Circuit To Ground
2501 Oil Pressure Sensor - Open Circuit
Or Short Circuit To Ground
2502 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit
To +5V
2502 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit
To +5V
2502 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit
To +5V
2502 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit
To +5V
2503 Clutch A Solenoid - In Use An Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2504 Clutch B Solenoid - In Use An Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2505 Clutch A Pressure Not Plausible
(Mismatch Between Clutch A
Pressure And Solenoid Current)
2506 Clutch B Pressure Not Plausible
(Mismatch Between Clutch A
Pressure And Solenoid Current)
2517 F2/R1 Synchro Potentiometer -
Signal Too High
2518 F2/R1 Synchro Potentiometer -
Signal Too Low
2519 Synchro Not Moving Towards F2
2520 Synchro Not Moving Towards R1

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 24
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2521 F2 Solenoid Open Circuit Or Short
Circuit To Ground
2522 R1 Solenoid Open Circuit Or Short
Circuit To Ground
2523 F2 Solenoid Circuit Fault
2524 R1 Solenoid Circuit Fault
2525 F2/R1 synchronizer - neutral did not
engage
2538 Ring Speed Sensor - Short To Ground
Or Open Circuit
2539 Ring Speed Sensor - Short To 12V
2540 A Clutch Pressure Transducer - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
2541 B Clutch Pressure Transducer - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
2542 A Clutch Pressure Transducer - Short
Circuit To 5V
2543 B Clutch Pressure Transducer - Short
Circuit To 5V
2544 Ring Speed Sensor Critical Air Gap
2545 ORPM Sensor Critical Air Gap
2547 No Signal From Ring Sensor
2548 Brake Pressure Transducer - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
2549 Brake Pressure Transducer - Short
To 5V
2550 Stuck dump solenoid or clutch A
solenoid
2551 Stuck dump solenoid or clutch B
solenoid
2552 Transmission Oil Pressure Too High
2553 Transmission Oil Pressure Too Low
2554 Transmission oil pressure above
maximum boost pressure
2555 Transmission oil pressure below
warning pressure
2557 Hydro 1 Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
2558 Hydro 1 Solenoid - Short Circuit To
12V
2559 ORPM And Ring Fault
2561 Uncommanded movement of
synchronizer F2/R1 to neutral
2563 HST Inlet (Hydro Gport) - Pressure
Too Low
2564 HST Inlet (Hydro Gport) - Low
Pressure Warning
2565 HST Inlet (Hydro Gport) - High
Pressure Warning
2566 HST Inlet (Hydro Gport) - Pressure
Too High
2567 Gear Pump (Hydro Filter) - Pressure
Too Low
2568 Gear Pump (Hydro Filter) - Low
Pressure Warning
2569 Gear Pump (Hydro Filter) - High
Pressure Warning
2570 Pressure On Filter Too High

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 25
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


2571 Hydro Gport Pressure Sensor - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2572 Hydro Gport Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit To 5V
2573 Hydro Filter Pressure Sensor - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
2574 Hydro Filter Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit To 5V
2575 F2/R1 Synchronizer Transducer -
Transducer Failure
2576 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor 2 - Short To Ground
Or Open Circuit
2577 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor 2 - Short To 12V
2578 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor 2 - No Signal
2579 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor 2 - Critical Air Gap
3001 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Not
Plausible
3001 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Not
Plausible
3002 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Above
Range Maximum
3002 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Above
Range Maximum
3003 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Below
Range Minimum
3003 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Below
Range Minimum
3010 Air Intake Temperature Sensor -
Signal Above Range Maximum
3011 Air Intake Temperature Sensor -
Signal Below Range Minimum
3038 Constant Engine RPM Activate/Select
Switch - Short Circuit to Battery
3047 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit To
Battery
3048 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit to
Ground
3088 Crankshaft Sensor - No Signal
3090 Camshaft Sensor - No Signal
3091 Camshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal
3096 CAN A LINE NO SIGNAL
3107 Fuel Metering Unit - Short Circuit To
Battery
3108 Fuel Metering Unit - Short Circuit To
Ground
3113 Main relay 1 (high pressure pump
- power supply to the fuel metering
unit) - short to battery
3114 Main relay 1 (high pressure pump
- power supply to the fuel metering
unit) - short to ground
3118 ECM 12V sensor - supply voltage
high
3120 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Plausible

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 26
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


3121 PTO Twist Sensor - Open Circuit
3122 PTO Twist Sensor - Short Circuit To
Ground
3123 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Calibrated
3124 Hand Throttle - Signal Above Range
Maximum
3125 Hand Throttle - Channel 2 Signal
Below Range Minimum
3138 Metering Unit - Temperature Too High
3141 Fuel Flow Setpoint Too Low
3142 High Pressure Test - Test Active
3145 Terminal 15 - No Signal
3148 Coolant Temperature Sensor
Dynamic Test - Failure
3157 ECM Not Detected On CAN Bus
3158 Engine anti-tamper - security check
failed
3159 Invalid Engine Reference Torque
3160 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Battery
3162 Fan Actuator - Open Load
3163 Fan Actuator - No Load
3166 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Short
Circuit To Battery
3168 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Open Load
3169 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Signal Not
Plausible
3176 Setpoint Of Metering Unit Not
Plausible In Overrun
3177 Engine Overspeed Detected
3182 Timeout Of CAN Message RxCCVS
3183 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR
(when active)
3184 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR
(when inactive)
3239 Engine Controller EEPROM - Read
Operation Error
3240 Engine Controller EEPROM - Write
Operation Failure
3241 Engine Controller EEPROM - Default
Value Used
3249 TPU Monitoring - Time Deviation
Between TPU And System Not
Plausible
3250 Dataset - Variant Defect
3251 Dataset - Requested Variant Could
Not Be Set
3252 Controller Watchdog - SPI
Comunication Failure
3258 High side power - short circuit to
battery
3259 High side power - short circuit to
ground
3261 Low side power - short circuit to
battery or excess temperature
3262 Low side power - short circuit to
ground
3265 Overrun Monitoring

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 27
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


3266 Redundant Engine Speed in Overrun
Monitoring
3267 Main relay 3 - short circuit to battery
3268 Main relay 3 - short circuit to ground
3297 Rail Pressure Positive Deviation High
And High Fuel Flow Setpoint Value
3301 Rail Pressure Negative Deviation Too
High On Minimum Metering
3305 Rail Pressure Below Minimum Limit
In Controller Mode
3309 Rail Pressure Above Maximum Limit
In Controlled Mode
3313 Rail Pressure Drop Rate Too High
3316 Minimum Number Of Injections Not
Reached - Stop Engine
3319 DM1DCU SPN2 message - error in
DCU active
3320 DM1DCU SPN3 message - error in
DCU active
3321 DM1DCU SPN4 message - error in
DCU active
3322 DM1DCU SPN5 message - error in
DCU active
3334 Timeout Of CAN Message TCS1-PE
Torque - When Active
3335 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-PE
Torque - When Inactive
3338 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-VE
Speed - When Inactive
3339 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-VE
Speed - When Active
3354 Engine Brake Exhaust Valve - Short
Circuit To Ground
3355 Engine Brake Exhaust Valve - Short
Circuit To Battery
3358 CAN transmit timeout
3367 Coolant Temperature Test Failure
3368 Torque Limitation Due To OBD
Performance Limiter By Legislation
3369 Torque Reduction Due To Smoke
Reduction
3370 Torque Limitation Due To Engine
Protection (Against Excessive
Torque, Engine Overspeed And
Overheat)
3375 Constant Engine RPM Increase /
Decrease Switch - Open Circuit
3377 Constant Engine RPM Switch
Detected But Option Is Not Enabled
3512 DCU state monitoring - DCU not
ready in time
3513 SCR Catalyst not present - relation of
temperature behavior between both
catalyst temperatures not plausible
3517 Ambient air temperature sensor
failure (of humidity sensor) - signal
too high

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 28
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


3518 Ambient air temperature sensor
failure (of humidity sensor) - signal
too low
3521 NOx estimation failure - estimated
NOx signal not reliable
3528 NOx sensor plausibility failure - signal
not plausible
3529 NOx sensor failure - open load
3530 NOx sensor failure - short circuit
3532 NOx sensor failure - sensor not ready
in time
3533 CAN message timeout NOx (from
NOx sensor) - CAN timeout
3537 CAN Message timeout DM1DCU
(from DCU) - CAN timeout
3541 CAN message timeout SCR1 (from
DCU) - CAN timeout
3545 SCR dosing valve overheat protection
- torque limitation level 2 for SCR
protection active
3546 SCR dosing valve overheat protection
- torque limitation level 1 for SCR
protection active
3549 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure -
signal ratio above limit
3550 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure -
signal ratio below limit
3555 CAN message timeout SCR2 (from
DCU) - CAN timeout
3557 Humidity sensor possibly saturated
with water droplets - signal ratio
above limit
3558 Humidity sensor possibly saturated
with water droplets - signal ratio
below limit
3561 NOx value not plausible (after
treatment plausibility)
3565 Urea quality and urea warning level 1
3569 Urea quality and urea warning level 2
3577 DM1DCU SPN1 message - error in
DCU active
3581 Performance limitation active due to
either stage
3585 Engine shut off urea level (after idling
phase)
3586 Plausibility check of catalyst system
- temperature after catalyst not
plausible
3587 Plausibility check of catalyst system
- temperature before catalyst not
plausible
3588 Plausibility check of catalyst system
- ambient temperature of humidity
sensor or both catalyst temperatures
not plausible

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 29
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


3589 Plausibility check of catalyst system
- temperature deviation between up
and downstream catalyst temperature
too high during operation
3591 SCR catalyst thermal aging limit
exceeded - P0422 main catalyst
efficiency below threshhold
3593 Poor reagent quality
3594 Torque limitation due to SCR
3599 Error path of oxidation catalyst not
present - P0421 warm up catalyst
efficiency below threshold
3602 Defect ratio between threshold limits
- P0425 catalyst temperature sensor
circuit
3605 Temperature of outer control loop -
temperature deviation above limit
3606 Temperature of outer control loop -
temperature deviation below limit
3609 Urea quality and urea warning level 4
3611 Catalyst efficiency lower than first
NOx prediction threshold level
3612 Catalyst efficiency lower than second
NOx prediction threshold level
3613 Too high efficiency of catalyst system
3999 Unknown ECM SPN Error Code
4100 Rear Remote No.1 No Control
Message Received
4100 Rear Remote No.1 No Control
Message Received
4101 Rear Remote No.1 Control Message
Not Plausible
4101 Rear Remote No.1 Control Message
Not Plausible
4102 Rear Remote No.1 EEPROM Error
4103 Rear Remote No.1 Switched To
Failsafe
4104 Rear Remote No.1 Under Voltage
4105 Rear Remote No.1 Over Voltage
4106 Rear Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too Low
4107 Rear Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too High
4108 Rear Remote No.1 Float Position Not
Reached
4109 Rear Remote No.1 Manually
Operated
4110 Rear Remote No.1 Driver Faulty
4111 Rear Remote No.1 Potentiometer
Faulty
4112 Rear Remote No.1 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4113 Rear Remote No.1 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4114 Rear Remote No.2 No Control
Message Received
4114 Rear Remote No.2 No Control
Message Received

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 30
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


4115 Rear Remote No.2 Control Message
Not Plausible
4115 Rear Remote No.2 Control Message
Not Plausible
4116 Rear Remote No.2 EEPROM Error
4117 Rear Remote No.2 Switched To
Failsafe
4118 Rear Remote No.2 Under Voltage
4119 Rear Remote No.2 Over Voltage
4120 Rear Remote No.2 Spool Movement
Too Low
4121 Rear Remote No.2 Spool Movement
Too High
4122 Rear Remote No.2 Float Position Not
Reached
4123 Rear Remote No.2 Manually
Operated
4124 Rear Remote No.2 Driver Faulty
4125 Rear Remote No.2 Potentiometer
Faulty
4126 Rear Remote No.2 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4127 Rear Remote No.2 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On.
4128 Rear Remote No.3 No Control
Message Received
4128 Rear Remote No.3 No Control
Message Received
4129 Rear Remote No.3 Control Message
Not Plausible
4129 Rear Remote No.3 Control Message
Not Plausible
4130 Rear Remote No.3 EEPROM Error
4131 Rear Remote No.3 Switched To
Failsafe
4132 Rear Remote No.3 Under Voltage
4133 Rear Remote No.3 Over Voltage
4134 Rear Remote No.3 Spool Movement
Too Low
4135 Rear Remote No.3 Spool Movement
Too High
4136 Rear Remote No.3 Float Position Not
Reached
4137 Rear Remote No.3 Manually
Operated
4138 Rear Remote No.3 Driver Faulty
4139 Rear Remote No.3 Potentiometer
Faulty
4140 Rear Remote No.3 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4141 Rear Remote No.3 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4142 Rear Remote No.3 No Control
Message Received
4142 Rear Remote No.4 No Control
Message Received
4143 Rear Remote No.4 Control Message
Not Plausible

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 31
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


4143 Rear Remote No.4 Control Message
Not Plausible
4144 Rear Remote No.4 EEPROM Error
4145 Rear Remote No.4 Switched To
Failsafe
4146 Rear Remote No.4 Under Voltage
4147 Rear Remote No.4 Over Voltage
4148 Rear Remote No.4 Spool Movement
Too Low
4149 Rear Remote No.4 Spool Movement
Too High
4150 Rear Remote No.4 Float Position Not
Reached
4151 Rear Remote No.4 Manually
Operated
4152 Rear Remote No.4 Driver Faulty
4153 Rear Remote No.4 Potentiometer
Faulty
4154 Rear Remote No.4 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4155 Rear Remote No.4 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4156 Rear Remote No.5 No Control
Message received
4156 Rear Remote No.5 No Control
Message received
4157 Rear Remote No.5 Control Message
Not Plausible
4157 Rear Remote No.5 Control Message
Not Plausible
4158 Rear Remote No.5 EEPROM Error
4159 Rear Remote No.5 Switched To
Failsafe
4160 Rear Remote No.5 Under Voltage
4161 Rear Remote No.5 Over Voltage
4162 Rear Remote No.5 Spool Movement
Too Low
4163 Rear Remote No.5 Spool Movement
Too High
4164 Rear Remote No.5 Float Position Not
Reached
4165 Rear Remote No.5 Manually
Operated
4166 Rear Remote No.5 Driver Faulty
4167 Rear Remote No.5 Potentiometer
Faulty
4168 Rear Remote No.5 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4169 Rear Remote No.5 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4170 Rear EHR Control No.1 Not
Calibrated
4170 Rear EHR Control No.1 Not
Calibrated
4173 Rear EHR Control No.2 Not
Calibrated
4173 Rear EHR Control No.2 Not
Calibrated

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 32
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


4177 Rear EHR Control No.3 Not
Calibrated
4177 Rear EHR Control No.3 Not
Calibrated
4180 Rear EHR Control No.4 Not
Calibrated
4180 Rear EHR Control No.4 Not
Calibrated
4190 Rear Remote No.1 No
Communications
4190 Rear Remote No.1 No
Communications
4191 Rear Remote No.2 No
Communications
4191 Rear Remote No.2 No
Communications
4192 Rear Remote No.3 No
Communications
4192 Rear Remote No.3 No
Communications
4193 Rear Remote No.4 No
Communications
4193 Rear Remote No.4 No
Communications
4198 Rear Remote No.5 No
Communications
4198 Rear Remote No.5 No
Communications
4500 Front Remote No.1 - No Control
Message Received
4500 Front Remote No.1 - No Control
Message Received
4501 Front Remote No.1 Control Message
Not Plausible
4501 Front Remote No.1 Control Message
Not Plausible
4502 Front Remote No.1 EEPROM Error
4502 Front Remote No.1 EEPROM Error
4503 Front Remote No.1 Switched To
Failsafe
4503 Front Remote No.1 Switched To
Failsafe
4504 Front Remote No.1 Under Voltage
4504 Front Remote No.1 Under Voltage
4505 Front Remote No.1 Over Voltage
4505 Front Remote No.1 Over Voltage
4506 Front Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too Low
4506 Front Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too Low
4507 Front Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too High
4507 Front Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too High
4508 Front Remote No.1 Float Position Not
Reached
4508 Front Remote No.1 Float Position Not
Reached

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 33
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


4509 Front Remote No.1 Manually
Operated
4509 Front Remote No.1 Manually
Operated
4510 Front Remote No.1 Driver Faulty
4510 Front Remote No.1 Driver Faulty
4511 Front Remote No.1 Potentiometer
Faulty
4511 Front Remote No.1 Potentiometer
Faulty
4512 Front Remote No.1 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4512 Front Remote No.1 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4513 Front Remote No.1 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4513 Front Remote No.1 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4514 Front Remote No.2 No Control
Message Received
4514 Front Remote No.2 No Control
Message Received
4515 Front Remote no.2 Control Message
Not Plausible
4515 Front Remote no.2 Control Message
Not Plausible
4516 Front Remote No.2 EEPROM Error
4516 Front Remote No.2 EEPROM Error
4517 Front Remote No.2 Switched To
Failsafe
4517 Front Remote No.2 Switched To
Failsafe
4518 Front Remote No.2 Under Voltage
4518 Front Remote No.2 Under Voltage
4519 Front Remote No.2 Over Voltage
4519 Front Remote No.2 Over Voltage
4520 Front Remote No.2 Spool Movement
Too Low
4520 Front Remote No.2 Spool Movement
Too Low
4521 Front Remote No.2 Spool Movement
Too High
4521 Front Remote No.2 Spool Movement
Too High
4522 Front Remote No.2 Float Position Not
Reached
4522 Front Remote No.2 Float Position Not
Reached
4523 Front Remote No.2 Manually
Operated
4523 Front Remote No.2 Manually
Operated
4524 Front Remote No.2 Driver Faulty
4524 Front Remote No.2 Driver Faulty
4525 Front Remote No.2 Potentiometer
Faulty
4525 Front Remote No.2 Potentiometer
Faulty

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 34
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


4526 Front Remote No.2 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4526 Front Remote No.2 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4527 Front Remote No.2 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4527 Front Remote No.2 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4528 Front Remote No.3 No Control
Message Received
4528 Front Remote No.3 No Control
Message Received
4529 Front Remote No.3 Control Message
Not Plausible
4529 Front Remote No.3 Control Message
Not Plausible
4530 Front Remote No.3 EEPROM Error
4530 Front Remote No.3 EEPROM Error
4531 Front Remote No.3 Switched To
Failsafe
4531 Front Remote No.3 Switched To
Failsafe
4532 Front Remote No.3 Under Voltage
4532 Front Remote No.3 Under Voltage
4533 Front Remote No.3 Over Voltage
4533 Front Remote No.3 Over Voltage
4534 Front Remote No.3 Spool Movement
Too Low
4534 Front Remote No.3 Spool Movement
Too Low
4535 Front Remote No.3 Spool Movement
Too High
4535 Front Remote No.3 Spool Movement
Too High
4536 Front Remote No.3 Float Position Not
Reached
4536 Front Remote No.3 Float Position Not
Reached
4537 Front Remote No.3 Manually
Operated
4537 Front Remote No.3 Manually
Operated
4538 Front Remote No.3 Driver Faulty
4538 Front Remote No.3 Driver Faulty
4539 Front Remote No.3 Potentiometer
Faulty
4539 Front Remote No.3 Potentiometer
Faulty
4540 Front Remote No.3 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4540 Front Remote No.3 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4541 Front Remote No.3 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4541 Front Remote No.3 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
4560 Front RemoteNo.1 No
Communications

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 35
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


4560 Front RemoteNo.1 No
Communications
4561 Front Remote No.2 No
Communications
4561 Front Remote No.2 No
Communications
4562 Front Remote No.3 No
Communications
4562 Front Remote No.3 No
Communications
4564 EHR Joystick No Communications
4564 EHR Joystick No Communications
4565 High Flow Pump Connection Error
4565 High Flow Pump Connection Error
4566 High Flow Pump Configuration Error
4566 High Flow Pump Configuration Error
5002 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid Output -
Short Circuit To 12V
5003 Rear PTO Brake Output - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
5003 Rear PTO Brake Output - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
5005 Rear PTO Brake Switch Open Circuit
5005 Rear PTO Brake Switch Open Circuit
5006 Rear PTO Solenoid - Short Circuit To
12V
5006 Rear PTO Solenoid - Short Circuit To
12V
5007 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
5007 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
5008 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
5015 PTO Fuse Sense Input - Open Circuit
5015 PTO Fuse Sense Input - Open Circuit
5027 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Open
Circuit
5027 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Open
Circuit
5034 Rear PTO Fender Switch Open
Circuit / Short To Ground
5034 Rear PTO Fender Switch Open
Circuit / Short To Ground
5037 Rear PTO Cab Normally Open Switch
- Stuck Closed
5037 Rear PTO Cab Normally Open Switch
- Stuck Closed
5043 Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On
5043 Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On
5044 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Short To
Ground
5044 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Short to
Ground
5098 Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not
Enabled
5098 Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not
Enabled
5099 Auto PTO Mode Not Enabled

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 36
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


6023 Four Wheel Drive Solenoid Open
Circuit
6023 Four Wheel Drive Solenoid Open
Circuit
7017 Differential Lock Solenoid - Open
Circuit
7017 Differential Lock Solenoid - Open
Circuit
7024 Steering Angle Sensor Not Calibrated
7024 Steering Angle Sensor Not Calibrated
7032 Steering Angle Sensor - Signal Too
Low
7032 Steering Angle Sensor - Signal Too
Low
7100 Autoguidance Isolation Solenoid
Return - Disconnected / Over
Temperature
7100 Autoguidance isolation solenoid -
disconnected/over temperature
7101 Autoguidance Isolation Solenoid
Return - Short To Battery
7101 Autoguidance Isolation Solenoid
Return - Short To Battery
7102 Autoguidance Isolation Solenoid
Return - Short To Ground
7102 Autoguidance Isolation Solenoid
Return - Short To Ground
7103 Steering angle plausibility error
(autoguidance only)
7103 Steering angle plausibility error
(autoguidance only)
7104 Timeout of NAV2XCM CAN Message
8007 Front PTO Solenoid - Stuck On
8007 Front PTO Solenoid - Stuck On
8008 Front PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
8008 Front PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
8033 Front PTO Switch In Cab Normally
Closed Open Circuit
8033 Front PTO Switch In Cab Normally
Closed Open Circuit
8037 Front PTO Cab Normally Open
Switch Stuck Closed
8037 Front PTO Cab Normally Open
Switch Stuck Closed
8099 Front PTO Option Not Enabled
8099 Front PTO Option Not Enabled
9001 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Short
Circuit To 12V
9001 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Short
Circuit To 12V
9002 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
9002 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
9003 Front Hitch Fender Up Switch Error
9003 Front Hitch Fender Up Switch Error
9004 Front Hitch Fender Down Switch
Error

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 37
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


9004 Front Hitch Fender Down Switch
Error
9005 Front Hitch Fender Common Switch
Error
9005 Front Hitch Fender Common Switch
Error
9006 Front Hitch Position Potentiometer -
Not Calibrated
9006 Front Hitch Position Potentiometer -
Not Calibrated
9008 Front Hitch Command Arm
Raise/Work Switch Error (When
Front Hitch Management is Enabled)
9009 Front Hitch External/Inching Switches
Error (When Front Hitch Management
is Enabled)
9011 Front Hitch Not Moving (When Front
Hitch Management is Enabled)
3167 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Short ECM
Circuit To Ground
3006 Coolant Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Not Plausible
3007 Coolant Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range
3008 Coolant Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3015 Fuel Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Maximum
3016 Fuel Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3019 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range Maximum
3022 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible
3023 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor - EDC
Signal Not Plausible
3024 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor - EDC
Signal Above Range Maximum
3025 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor - EDC
Signal Below Range Minimum
3028 Oil Pressure too low EDC
3029 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit EDC
To Battery
3030 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit EDC
To Ground
3031 Oil Pressure Sensor - Hardware Error EDC
3032 Oil Pressure Sensor - Value Too High EDC
3033 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible (Compared With Coolant
Temperature)
3034 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range Maximum
3035 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3037 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Low EDC
3051 Battery Voltage To Engine Controller EDC
- Voltage Too High

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 38
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


3052 Battery Voltage To Engine Controller EDC
- Voltage Too Low
3059 ECM afterrun was interrupted EDC
3060 Cylinder 1 - Unclassifiable Error In EDC
Injector
3061 Cylinder 1 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
3063 Cylinder 1 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
3064 Cylinder 5 - Unclassifiable Error in EDC
Injector
3065 Cylinder 5 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
3067 Cylinder 5 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
3068 Cylinder 3 - Unclassifiable Error In EDC
Injector
3069 Cylinder 3 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
3071 Cylinder 3 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
3072 Cylinder 6 - Unclassifiable Error In EDC
Injector
3073 Cylinder 6 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
3075 Cylinder 6 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
3076 Cylinder 2 - Unclassifiable Error In EDC
Injector
3077 Cylinder 2 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
3079 Cylinder 2 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
3080 Cylinder 4 - Unclassifiable Error In EDC
Injector
3081 Cylinder 4 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
3083 Cylinder 4 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
3089 Crankshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal EDC
3093 Offset Between Camshaft And EDC
Crankshaft - Outside Boundaries
3095 Operating With Camshaft Sensor EDC
Only - Backup Mode
3102 Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3104 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Open EDC
3105 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Pressure EDC
Shock Requested
3106 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Did Not EDC
Open After Pressure Shock
3110 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring - EDC
Signal Above Range Maximum
3111 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring - EDC
Signal Below Range Minimum
3112 Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 - Signal EDC
Above Maximum Range

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 39
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


3119 ECM 12V sensor supply voltage low EDC
3131 Grid Heater Always Switched On EDC
3137 Metering Unit - Open Load EDC
3146 Water detected in fuel EDC
3147 Oil Temperature Too High EDC
3154 Grid Heater Relay - Short Circuit To EDC
Battery
3155 Grid Heater Relay - Short Circuit To EDC
Ground
3156 Grid Heater Relay - No Load EDC
3161 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Ground EDC
3179 Time-out Of CAN Message BC2EDC2 EDC
3180 Time-out of CAN Message VM2EDC EDC
3188 Cylinder 1 Warning - Open Load EDC
3192 Cylinder 2 warning - Open Load EDC
3196 Cylinder 3 Warning - Open Load EDC
3200 Cylinder 4 Warning - Open Load EDC
3204 Cylinder 5 Warning - Open Load EDC
3208 Cylinder 6 Warning - Open Load EDC
3210 Bank 1 - General Short Circuit To EDC
Injector Cable
3211 Bank 1 - Injector cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3213 Bank 1 - Unclassifiable Error EDC
3218 Bank 2 - General Short Circuit On EDC
Injector Cable
3219 Bank 2 - Injector Cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3221 Bank 2 - Unclassifiable Error EDC
3227 Injection Processor Error - Internal EDC
Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage Too Low
3228 Injection Processor Error - EDC
Unlocked/Initialization Error
3229 Injection Processor Error - Injections EDC
Limited By Software
3230 Injection Processor Error - SPI EDC
Communication Failure
3231 Injection Processor Error - Internal EDC
Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage Too Low
3232 Injection Processor Error - EDC
Unlocked/Initialization Failure
3234 Injection Processor Error - SPI EDC
Communication Failure
3242 Engine Controller (Locked) Recovery EDC
Occurred
3243 Engine Controller Recovery EDC
(Suppressed) - Recovery Occurred
3244 Engine Controller Recovery (Visible) EDC
- Recovery Occurred
3245 Engine Controller - Watchdog Not EDC
Plausible
3246 Shutoff Paths During Initialization - EDC
Watchdog
3247 Shutoff Paths Failed During EDC
Initialization - Supply Voltage Too
High

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 40
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


3248 Shutoff Paths During Initialization - EDC
Supply Voltage Too Low
3253 ADC Monitoring - Reference Voltage EDC
Too Low
3254 ADC Monitoring - Reference Voltage EDC
Too High
3255 ADC Monitoring Test Impulse Error EDC
3256 ADC Monitoring Queue Error EDC
3278 Engine Controller Supply Voltage Too EDC
High
3279 Engine Controller Internal Supply EDC
Voltage Too Low
3280 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - High EDC
3281 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - Low EDC
3283 Sensor Supply Voltage 2 - High EDC
3284 Sensor Supply Voltage 2 - Low EDC
3285 Sensor Supply Voltage 3 - High EDC
3286 Sensor Supply Voltage 3 - Low EDC
3371 Torque Limitation Due To Fuel EDC
Quantity Limitation Because Of
Injector System Errors
12011 Power Supply Line Overvoltage EPL
12012 Electrical Motor Disconnected EPL
12013 Electrical Motor Short Circuit To EPL
Ground
12014 Electrical Motor Short Circuit To EPL
Power Supply
12017 Power Stage Supply Failure EPL
12018 Electrical Motor Current Too High EPL
12019 Electrical Motor Current Higher Than EPL
Requested
12020 Unexpected Electrical Motor Current EPL
12024 Fault On Ignition Key EPL
12032 Fault On Encoder Power Supply EPL
12033 Fault On Encoder Impulses Sequence EPL
12034 Fault On Encoder Signals EPL
12043 Accelerometer Self Test Failed EPL
12052 EPL Power Supply Lower Than 10 EPL
Volts
12053 EPL Power Supply Higher Than 16 EPL
Volts
12054 Fault On Power Supply Voltage EPL
Reading
12066 Fault On Trailer Brake Relay - Open EPL
Or Short Circuit To Power
12068 Fault On Trailer Brake Relay - Short EPL
Circuit To Ground
12073 Fault On EPL Operating EPL
Status/Recovery Line
12132 CAN Bus Off EPL
12133 CAN Bus Mute EPL
12142 Fault On CAN Message (Trailer EPL
Brake Inhibit Flag)
12143 Fault On CAN Message (Vehicle EPL
Direction Signal)
12144 Fault On CAN Message (Vehicle EPL
Speed)

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 41
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


12145 Fault On CAN Message (Command EPL
Signal)
12146 Fault On CAN Message (Auto Apply EPL
At Key Off Flag)
12147 Fault On CAN Message (Engine EPL
RPM Signal)
12148 Fault On CAN Message (Key Signal) EPL
12150 Fault On CAN Message (Hand Brake EPL
Switch Signal)
12151 Fault On Second Microprocessor EPL
12160 Fault On EEPROM EPL
12162 Fault On EPL Temperature Reading EPL
12163 EPL Over Temperature EPL
12183 Actuator Moving Without Command EPL
12184 Critical Pad Wear EPL
12185 Actuation Timeout EPL
12188 Excessive Pad Wear EPL
12192 Fault On Shuttle Park Switch Line EPL
12202 Fault On Handbrake Switch Line EPL
12212 Accelerometer Not Calibrated EPL
12213 Actuator Not Initialized EPL
12214 Disable Actuation EPL
12215 Trailer Brake Relay Detected But EPL
Configured As Not Present
2026 Engine Speed Too High TCU
13001 Reference Voltage 5VREF1 - Voltage UCM
Too Low
13002 Reference Voltage 5VREF1 - Voltage UCM
Too High
13003 Reference Voltage 5VREF2 - Voltage UCM
Too Low
13004 Reference Voltage 5VREF2 - Voltage UCM
Too High
13005 Reference Voltage - Voltage Too Low UCM
13006 Reference Voltage 5VREF3 - Voltage UCM
Too High
13007 Reference Voltage 8V5REF - Voltage UCM
Too Low
13008 Reference Voltage 8V5REF - Voltage UCM
Too High
1004 Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Too High XCM (multi-function CM)
1008 Raise / Work Switch Failure XCM (multi-function CM)
(Command Arm)
1008 Raise / Work Switch Failure XCM (multi-function CM)
(Command Arm)
1016 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal XCM (multi-function CM)
Too Low
1017 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal XCM (multi-function CM)
Too High
1017 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal XCM (multi-function CM)
Too High
1018 Both Load Sensing Pins XCM (multi-function CM)
Disconnected
1018 Both Load Sensing Pins XCM (multi-function CM)
Disconnected
1019 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference XCM (multi-function CM)
Voltage Too Low

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 42
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


1019 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference XCM (multi-function CM)
Voltage Too Low
1020 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference XCM (multi-function CM)
Voltage Too High
1020 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference XCM (multi-function CM)
Voltage Too High
1024 Perform The Hydraulic Lift Calibration XCM (multi-function CM)
1024 Perform The Hydraulic Lift Calibration XCM (multi-function CM)
1028 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control XCM (multi-function CM)
Voltage Too High
1028 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control XCM (multi-function CM)
Voltage Too High
1029 Hydraulic Control Valve Disconnected XCM (multi-function CM)
1029 Hydraulic Control Valve Disconnected XCM (multi-function CM)
1031 Chassis Harness Disconnected XCM (multi-function CM)
1054 5 Volt Reference Short To Ground XCM (multi-function CM)
1063 EDC Hydraulic Valve Lower Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Open Circuit
1063 EDC Hydraulic Valve Lower Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Open Circuit
1064 EDC Hydraulic Valve Raise Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Open Circuit
1064 EDC Hydraulic Valve Raise Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Open Circuit
1065 EDC Hydraulic Valve Lower Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Short Circuit
1065 EDC Hydraulic Valve Lower Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Short Circuit
1066 EDC Hydraulic Valve Raise Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Short Circuit
1066 EDC Hydraulic Valve Raise Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Short Circuit
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short XCM (multi-function CM)
Circuit
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short XCM (multi-function CM)
Circuit
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short XCM (multi-function CM)
Circuit
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short XCM (multi-function CM)
Circuit
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short XCM (multi-function CM)
Circuit
2053 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too High XCM (multi-function CM)
2053 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too High XCM (multi-function CM)
2054 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too Low XCM (multi-function CM)
2054 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too Low XCM (multi-function CM)
2059 Shuttle Lever Switch Disagreement XCM (multi-function CM)
2059 Shuttle Lever Switch Disagreement XCM (multi-function CM)
2059 Shuttle Lever Switch Disagreement XCM (multi-function CM)
2059 Shuttle Lever Switch Disagreement XCM (multi-function CM)
2059 Shuttle Lever Switch Disagreement XCM (multi-function CM)
5033 Rear PTO Cab Normally Closed XCM (multi-function CM)
Switch Open Circuit
5033 Rear PTO Cab Normally Closed XCM (multi-function CM)
Switch Open Circuit
5035 Rear PTO Fender Switch Input Short XCM (multi-function CM)
To 12V+

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 43
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller


5035 Rear PTO Fender Switch Input Short XCM (multi-function CM)
To 12V+

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 44
Index

HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC


SYSTEMS - A

FAULT CODES - 50.A


ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

84479148A 15/09/2011
A.50.A / 45
CNH Österreich GmbH Steyrerstraße 32 4300 St. Valentin Austria

SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools

PRINTED IN FRANCE

© 2011 CNH GLOBAL N.V.

All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.

NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices,
specification or equipment at any time without notices is reserved.

All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Dealer.

84479148A 15/09/2011
EN

You might also like